( \/ )( ___)(_ _) /__\ ( ) / __)( ___) /__\ ( _ \

) ( )__) )( /(__)\ )(__ ( (_-. )__) /(__)\ ) / Version 1.60 - 7/5/08

(_/\/\_)(____) (__)(__)(__)(____) \___/(____)(__)(__)(_)\_) --Well, I hope everyone had a nice holiday (for those
___ _____ __ ____ ____ __ of you who celebrate it).
/ __)( _ )( ) (_ _)( _ \ /. | Anyways, back to business. I added a lot more to the
\__ \ )(_)( )(__ _)(_ )(_) ) (_ _) Unlockables, and started
(___/(_____)(____)(____)(____/ (_) the Extras sections with Easter Eggs. More is on the
way though. I'm looking
GUNS OF THE PATRIOTS to update the No Kills/No Alerts walkthrough tonight.
One other thing I added
was some info relating to the psyche gauge and
flashbacks.
____________________________
| Metal Gear Solid 4 Guide | Version 1.65 - 7/7/08
| Created by: Axel7174 | --Ok, I'm getting near the end now. I have almost all
| FAQ and Walkthrough | of the stuff that I
| Copyright 2008 Ryne Gardner| wanted to add. I put more unlockables, a few more
|____________________________| Easter Eggs, and I also put
up to the start of Act 4 in the No Kills/Alerts
walkthrough. I'm going to be
Version History ready to add submissions soon so please, hold out
--------------- until then.
Version 1.00 - 6/17/08 - 6/27/08
--Guide started. Well, I sort of tried to rush but I had Version 1.75 - 7/13/08
so many other things --This took longer than I wanted, and basically I
to do so working on this took some time. I wanted to haven't had time to even touch
get this up soon so some my PS3 since Wednesday. However, I am happy to
sections aren't done yet, but the main walkthrough say that I now have an HD TV! Oh
is. I'm also going to try yay, I'm finally stepping out of the stone age! I can
and diligently get the others up soon. finally read shit on my
PS3 games! Wow! No, but seriously, it is really cool.
Version 1.25 - 7/1/08 There is good news for
--I made a few changes in information. Some things you, the readers as well however. I have indeed
were just mindless errors decided to do something for the
I totally didn't notice (perhaps due to my rushing the long sought after Big Boss Emblem. It will not be in
guide down the stretch). this guide however, and I
Others included things I meant to put in, but for will probably try to make a separate guide for it,
some reason forgot. I have some time after this one is
started the No Kills/Alerts walkthrough, and started completed or near completed. As for this update, I
adding some of the other finished Act 4 in the No
things for listing purposes. I threw in a few more Kills/Alerts walkthrough, as well as added a lot of
frequently asked little new pieces of info
questions. I also noted in my walkthrough about that I recently discovered or forgot about (meh). Oh,
finding the Stinger in Act 3, and if you have submitted
but feeling like I had found it once before that. I me tips, don't worry, I haven't forgot. I just wanted to
remembered where: Act 2, get more of this guide
and I have fixed that, as well as a few other things. done first, so I'll be adding them really soon. Also,
you can consider this
guide open to tips now officially, so if you got 'em,
Version 1.35 - 7/2/08
please read the submission
--A few more additions, many of them small fixes and
section at the end of the guide, and you can e-mail
things like that. I also
me. They better be good!
added more to the No Kills/Alerts walkthrough, up to
just after the boss in Act
Version 1.80 - 7/15/08
2. Somehow I missed a pretty cool spot in Act 2 and
--I finished the No Kills/Alerts walkthrough. I will be
now I've decided to change
starting a separate
my walkthrough for a certain part around a little bit.
guide for the BBE soon and it will be located under
More on the way soon.
In-depth FAQs on the MGS4
FAQs page. As for other things, there's a few changes
Version 1.40 - 7/3/08
in information, extra tips
--Small update due to my being so busy with other
in strategies, etc. There's a bunch of new
things, including preparation
routes/areas I added in Act 1. Also,
for the holiday. I continued the No Kills/Alerts
a few more Easter Eggs. I've also finally added the
walkthrough, up to Act 2's
first submissions to this
end. I also added more of the unlockables. I still got
guide. Here's a brief overview:
more to add there
though, so they're on their way.
-Added an easier strategy for Act 3 No Kills/Alerts
-Finished No Kills/Alerts guide
Happy 4th of July folks!
-Added another Easter Egg (more coming so hold on)
-More audio flashbacks mentioned in the standard --Well, I'm almost done I hope. I wanted to finish this
walkthrough completely before school
-Created Advanced Tips section but alas, that's not possible. I have classes starting
-Added more info to some Boss strategies tomorrow; gotta wake up
-Added several submitted tips bright and early at 5 AM. Ugh. Junior year of College,
hoorah -_-. In any case,
Version 1.85 - 7/17/08 I made some small fixes, updates, etc. Added a few
--Well, with the No Kills/Alerts guide done, I have to tips and another FAQ
say, this FAQ might be question. Also, if you're interested, I finished my BBE
close to completion. I'm gonna try to skim through it guide. It doesn't look
and find any other things like it will be accepted however, due to the fact one
that need tweaking. For example, I have revised the already exists. Kinda
Crying Wolf boss strategy sucks, but I will just add the information to this guide
(standard), and also added other various tips here if I have to.
and there. I'm still in the
process of confirming a bunch more locations for iPod Version 2.50 - 8/27/08
songs. For the future, you --Well, you can call this a big update. And for the
can hopefully expect a BBE guide. That's all for now, simple reason of getting
here's what's new: attention to this point...

-More Easter Eggs added ***BIG BOSS EMBLEM WALKTHROUGH ADDED TO

-Revised Crying Wolf strategy (standard) THIS GUIDE***
-Added a few more Advanced Tips
-Added Cheats section under Extras Yes, since I unfortunately couldn't get it in as a
-Added information on extra passwords to enter at separate file, I made my
Otacon's computer under Fun current guide even more bloated. With the addition
Things To Do of the BBE walkthrough, I'm
cutting the No Kills/Alerts walkthrough out of it. More
Version 1.90 - 7/23/08 information on that
--A few small updates. Worked on confirming some decision in the "About This Guide" section. To reflect
new information, improved a this change, a lot of
few things here and there. Not much else to say. I'm things have been also moved around or changed. For
going to be starting the example, the tips for the
separate guide soon, I hope. No Kills/Alerts walkthrough have been added to the
Advanced Tips and the boss
-Revised strategy for Act 1 - Red Zone (No strategies from that walkthrough have been moved
Kills/Alerts) to their own new section. Refer
-New finds added for Act 1 - Urban Ruins to the Table of Contents for where to go to get your
-Updated the walkthrough to incorporate finding BBE fix.
more iPod songs
-Added more Easter Eggs Version 2.55 - 9/15/08
-Fixed a whole mess of errors --Friends, let me tell you something. Life is full of
peaks and valleys. Just
Version 1.95 - 8/1/08 when things seem like they're going swell, everything
--Went a while without an update. I actually figured I takes a sudden turn. You
did have a few more buy a new game system, then get mugged on the
things to add, mostly in the realm of general street by some hobo. You invent a
information about the game. There new device to help handicapped people get around in
is still more to add, such as the Ghosts that I have even more places, then you
been sort of purposely get hit by a bus. Or maybe you're like me, and your
neglecting for a while now. I will of course still be computer just up and
adding tips, easter eggs, decides to deliver you a big "Fu*k you" and die.
and the like but I imagine a Final version is on the Yeah... my harddrive got fried
horizon. As for the other and that meant no computer or internet access for a
guide, it's in the works, but let me say don't expect week. Not as bad as it
to see it really soon. sounds, but I had school work to do, and just now I've
gotten a new HDD. The
Version 2.00 - 8/8/08 good news? Well, I got my car hooked up with a nice
--I hope to finish this guide soon. I'm trying to find stereo system and new
more time to sit down speakers. Major schwingage. Oh... good news for
and finish some things up. I hate to say it, but my you? Haha, right, right. Well,
next semester of college is I added a few tips, if that counts for anything. Final
right around the corner (bleh), so I have to take that update soon I hope. But
into account as well. first I have to lament the loss of all my music, video,
Anyways, I made a few small updates, changes, etc, and text files in a
including a few new flood of my own tears.
submissions.
Version 2.65 - 10/18/08
Version 2.10 - 8/26/08
--I've added the Ghosts section which can be found in * Act IV................................................. (bbe4)
the Fun Things To Do * Act V.................................................. (bbe5)
section of the guide. I also added a few tips but I will 5. Extras................................................. (exra)
no longer be accepting * Non-lethal Boss Strategies............................. (nlbb)
many of them from here on out. * Weapon Index........................................... (wpin)
* Easter Eggs............................................ (ovresy)
Version 2.70 - 2/23/09 * Fun Things To Do....................................... (hvfn)
--A very small update in which I made a few fixes, * Cheats................................................. (chts)
added a tip or two, and also 6. Unlockables............................................ (unlk)
added a new FAQ question. At this point, I'm not * Weapons/Items.......................................... (wpns)
accepting any more submitted * FaceCamo............................................... (fccm)
tips whatsoever. Please read the revised section at * Costumes............................................... (cstu)
the end of the guide for * Emblems................................................ (embd)
more info. * iPod Songs............................................. (hlycrp)
* Other.................................................. (otra)
FINAL Version - 7/1/09 7. Miscellaneous.......................................... (mscl)
--If you've read the Version History of this guide * Frequently Asked Questions.............................
carefully, you'll notice (afak)
this is not the real first Final version. In fact, I * Regarding Submissions
stamped Final twice before * Credits/Special Thanks
this, and I realize now that it was premature. I found * Contact Info
some new things to add * Legal Gibberish
and so I included two brand new sections. I also
made a lot of fixes, mostly
formatting (reducing bulky paragraphs to smaller,
seperate ones). I know feel
like this guide is definitely done. Small fixes may still
______________________________________________________
be done but I doubt
___________
any new info or sections will be added. Thank you,
/ \
everyone for helping me out.
-]| Introduction - Here We Are (hrwr)
|[-

\_____________________________________________________
____________/

Table of Contents About the Author

----------------
1. Introduction........................................... (hrwr) Well, this is going to sound awfully repetitive, but...
* About the Author what can I say? I'm
* About This Guide (what to expect) making yet another guide. This is going to be third
* About Metal Gear Solid guide and you know the
2. Snake's Intel....................................... (intl) strange part about it? All of my guides so far have
* What Are We Looking At Here? been for games issuing
* OctoCamo their fourth installments. Yes, all for game series who
* Button Layout produced their 4th
* The Moves game. Devil May Cry 4, Grand Theft Auto IV. Now
* Triangle - Special Actions here we are, a guide for the
* CQC much anticipated Metal Gear Solid 4.
* Other Things
* Enemies All I can say about myself is I'm here to help. I enjoy
* Advanced Tips writing and I write a
3. Standard Walkthrough................................... (wlkt) lot of stories and so forth and English is more or less
* Foreword my strongest subject,
* Act I.................................................. (act1) so all of those go into the idea of making a guide. I'm
* Act II................................................. (act2) a resident New Yorker
* Act III................................................ (act3) and I just like to have a good time with friends and
* Act IV................................................. (act4) play baseball, and of
* Act V.................................................. (act5) course, chill back and play a good video game.
4. Big Boss Emblem Walkthrough............................
(bbew) About This Guide (What To Expect)
* Foreword ---------------------------------
* The Requirements In this guide, I'm hoping to provide a quality
* Before You Begin walkthrough to help players get
* BBE Tips through the main story. On top of that, I have also
* Beating the Clock provided a walkthrough for
* Act I.................................................. (bbe1) the long sought after Big Boss Emblem. It will be
* Act II................................................. (bbe2) replacing my No Kills/Alerts
* Act III................................................ (bbe3)
walkthrough to accommodate this change. Reason is Health and Psyche bar: This is the one at the top left
the No Kills/Alerts guide is it has Snake's name on
like 75% of what the BBE guide offers, so there's no it as Old Snake. The top solid bar is Snake's health.
point in clogging this When it's depleted, Snake
guide with three walkthroughs. However, the No of course, dies.
Kills/Alerts walkthrough also
covered getting the Solar Gun and some FaceCamos, THE PSYCHE GAUGE - New in MGS4, but quite similar
and in that light, I will be to the Stamina Gauge from
saving the Non-lethal Boss strategies, but placing MGS3. If it goes down, Snake's performance is
them in a different section. affected. He can't hold his gun
straight and his vision is impaired slightly. Perhaps
When it comes to spoilers, I will not ever discuss any the worst effect of low
of the game's lengthy psyche is that Snake loses the ability to heal his body
revelations and other things that pertain to the naturally. Psyche is
intricate plot. I may often measured by a smaller factor: Stress. When Stress
say, "Watch the scene. (insert character) will tell you increases, Psyche goes down so
to go _______ " and for the obvious thing is how to avoid being stressed out?
the most part, I will be avoiding spoilers in doing this. Read on
You won't have to
worry about me revealing anything such as the --STRESS--
game's ending or anything like
that during the course of this guide. However, some Under the Psyche gauge during certain situations,
minor spoilers may be you will see (unless you had a
mentioned in the Extras and Unlockables sections so crappy TV like I used to have, you won't see it I
just be aware of that. suppose) the Stress indicator.
Stress slowly increases by 0.1 intervals in pressing
About Metal Gear Solid situations for Snake. As
---------------------- Stress increases, it has more of an effect on Snake's
I have to admit, I'm now a huge Kojima fan. My first psyche. When the Stress
Metal Gear Solid game was level turns red, you'll see Snake's pyche decrease
Metal Gear Solid 2: Sons of Liberty. The game itself steadily. Stress becomes a
always talked about things thing to watch for when playing on Solid Normal and
from the first game. It was such a rich and rewarding above. Certain situations
experience, but it made and stimuli will increase and decrease Snake's stress.
me hunger for more. I wanted to know, what is
FOXHOUND? Who exactly is this guy _______________________________________________
Liquid? What exactly did Snake had to go through? |Stress Increase Factors|Stress Decrease Factors|
So I played Metal Gear Solid, |-----------------------------------------------|
the original, and was also, quite rewarded. Thanks to |Direct sunlight |Shade |
MGS3: Subsistence, I also |Cold weather |Laying prone |
got a chance to play original MG games as well. I was |Combat situations |Remaining stealthy |
impressed and entranced |Alert phase |Compress |
by Kojima's way of entertainment. Kojima expressed |Back pain |Playboy magazines |
once that he doesn't see -------------------------------------------------
videogames as art. I find it somewhat ironic because
in my opinion, the MGS Heavy combat will cause Snake's stress to really
series is a rare find. It's got a wonderful gameplay climb, and may result in a
system, surrounded by a Combat High. Other factors like staying out in the
story that is well told with quality voice acting and sun will slowly but steadily
cinematic beauty. It may get Stress to accumulate over time. It can be
not be the best game series ever, but it's still a very reversed if Snake stays in the
good one. shade. Crouching for prolonged periods will cause
Snake back pain, but using a
Compress will prevent any significant stress increase.
If all else fails, flip
______________________________________________________
through a Playboy magazine and Snake will feel
___________
much more relaxed.
/ \
-]| Snake's Intel (intl) |[-
Wind/Radar: At the top right, it begins as a wind
direction thing. When you
\_____________________________________________________ have the Solid Eye on however, it displays a much
____________/ more detailed radar. The
small dots of light represent nearby sounds or
What Are We Looking At Here? movement.
----------------------------
Just a brief layout of the HUD display on the screen Camo Index: Much like MGS3, you can see your Camo
when you're controlling Index at the top right in the
Snake. same display. On my crappy TV, I cannot see it for
my life. I swear, if I
didn't read the instruction manual, I never would instruction manual (da da daaaaah!). It's important
have known it was there. It to get used to the controls
measures how well Snake is blended in. Wear since some things have changed since the last
FaceCamo to increase this. installment. We'll start with the
basics.
Item: When you have an item selected from the Item
Menu, it shows up at the
bottom left.
______________________________________________________
_______________________
Weapon: When you have a weapon selected from the
|Button|Not Moving |Moving |When Aiming |
Weapon Menu, it shows up at
Laying Flat |Behind Cover |
the bottom right.
|-------------------------------------------------------------------------
----|
|X |Prone/Lay flat|Roll |N/A |Prone/Stand |
OctoCamo
Stand/Prone |
--------
|-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Like in MGS3, camouflage will play a role in Snake's
----|
mission. The OctoCamo suit
|Square|N/A |N/A |Autoaim/Manual|N/A
automatically responds to surrounding surfaces and
|N/A |
stimuli, mimicing the color
|-------------------------------------------------------------------------
and even the texture. Thus, this allows Snake to
----|
blend in with almost anything
|Circle|Reload |Reload |Reload |Reload
at any location. The degree of success is measured
|Reload |
by the Camo Index in the top
|-------------------------------------------------------------------------
right. The higher the percent, the better Snake's
----|
disguise is. It goes down when
|Triang|Cover/Special |Climb |Scope/FPV |Play
he is moving or making other hostile actions. Also,
dead/turn |Leave cover |
like in MGS3, no matter how
|-------------------------------------------------------------------------
well Snake is hidden, he can be discovered if an
----|
enemy gets too close.
|LAS |Walk/Run |Run |Move Snake |Crawl
|Move along wall|
OctoCamo has two settings. The default is Auto
|-------------------------------------------------------------------------
which allows you to easily blend
----|
in just by pressing up against a wall or laying flat on
|RAS |Camera |Camera |Move Reticle |Camera
the ground. In a few
|Camera |
seconds, the camo will kick in and copy the color of
|-------------------------------------------------------------------------
the nearby surface. The
----|
other setting is one MGS3 players are more familiar
|L1 |Aim |Aim |N/A |Aim |Jump
with, and that is Manual. On
out shot |
Manual, you will have to enter the Camo submenu
|-------------------------------------------------------------------------
from the Pause menu and select
----|
by hand which camo suit you which to use, and see
|L2 |Items/Equip |Items/E.|Items/Equip |
how well it blends in to the
Items/Equip |Items/Equip |
current area. Auto works best because you never
|-------------------------------------------------------------------------
have to second guess yourself on
----|
how well you're hidden.
|L3 |N/A |N/A |N/A |N/A |N/A
|
The OctoCamo only has a few preset suits however.
|-------------------------------------------------------------------------
You can obtain more by
----|
blending in with various areas and then permanently
|R1 |CQC |CQC |Fire Weapon |N/A |
copying that color scheme to
Fire/Tap wall |
some sort of internal database for future use. You can
|-------------------------------------------------------------------------
do this by blending, then
----|
going to Camo from the Pause menu, and selecting
|R2 |Weapons/Equip |Wep/Eq. |Weapons/Equip |
Register Camo. This lets you
Weapons/Equip |Weapons/Equip |
copy the current camo scheme and adds it as a
|-------------------------------------------------------------------------
permanent selectable camo suit.
----|
Snake's suit comes with a few preset options, and
|R3 |Center camera |C. Cam. |L/R Shoulder |Center
you can register up to 10 new
camera |Center Camera |
schemes, as well as download more if you have that
option.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
---
Button Layout
------------- The Moves
Ok, I'm going to outline all of the controls briefly. If ---------
you want more help, Let's go a little bit more in-depth on Snake's actions.
refer to that little booklet that comes with your Most of the controls
game. You know... the
you can get a feel for by reading the above layout. It position, Snake hangs from the ledge with his hands.
helps to look a little This is useful for
more deeply at all the available moves in Snake's slipping out of sight (such as hanging over a railing
arsenal though. You never where enemies may be
know when one of these moves can come in handy. pointed at) or dropping to a lower platform faster.
While hanging, pay
-Creeping- attention to the Grip Gauge. It is the same size as
your Psyche Gauge and as
Just another word for moving slowly. This technique is such, the lower your Psyche, the lower your Grip
irrelevant except on capability. When hanging, the
Hard and Extreme. On all other difficulties, enemies Pysche Gauge is coated in blue; that's the Grip
won't hear you unless you Gauge. As the blue area starts
are moving full speed. Tilting the stick very very to deplete, you'll be closer to falling off.
slightly allows you to move
without making noise, which is imperative for Hard
and Extreme. Triangle - Special Actions
--------------------------
-Roll Forward- In many situations, the function of the Triangle
button will change. Most of
While running, hit X to roll forward. This is useful for the time, you will be using it to enter and leave cover
crossing small gaps behind walls and other
you may encounter. It may also be used as an attack objects. However, there are times when the function
on enemies, especially if will change. You can use
you need to get out of a tight spot in a hurry. It's not the button to climb up small ledges like onto crates
capable of knocking and such, as well as climb
enemies out in one blow though, so be aware of that. ladders. There are even more times however, that
you'll find during the course
-Combat Roll- of the game where the Triangle button will appear
and prompt you to do
A combat roll, not to be confused with the Side Roll something special. It also figures prominently into
(see below), is a roll you the next section.
can do while crouching. In this position, hit left or
right on the Left
Analog Stick and then X to make a small roll in that Snake - Soldier Interactions
direction. It's a roll -----------------------------
meant to keep Snake in the combat position. When dealing with enemy soldiers, there are few
things to cover about the
-Laying Flat- controls in particular. R1 becomes your CQC button
(covered next), and things
Hold X to lay flat when prone. This is different from like movement become important. Don't run, lest you
simply laying down. In give your position away to
this position you play dead. It doesn't help a ton the enemy. Tilt the stick slightly to walk. This will
against nearby enemies but allow you to get the jump
it allows Snake to recover lost health slowly. on your enemy and perform some CQC moves.
Again, that's all covered in the next
-Turn Over- part. We have a few techniques to go over first.

When laying prone, hit Triangle to flip over to Snake's -Hold Ups: To hold up an enemy soldier, sneak up on
back. From here, he can them and point your gun
inch forward on his back and have a different angle with L1. Snake will tell them to freeze and the enemy
to lob grenades and so on. will put their hands up
You can hold X (above) to play dead in this position and drop their gun.
too.
-Shake for items: Right after you've held someone
-Side Roll- up, while still holding L1,
maneuver Snake to the front of your enemy and then
While prone, either with a gun equipped or release L1. Press triangle
unequipped, you can roll along the to begin searching for items. Snake will search the
ground. Hold L1 and then x. At that point, simply enemy's body and the prompt
move left or right on the for Triangle will appear. Press it at the right time and
Left Analog Stick to roll in that direction. Good for you'll get some ammo
covering ground but still and other items from the soldier. Time it wrong and
remaining low. you'll miss. Eventually,
Snake will then be able to stun the enemy, so time
-Hanging- that prompt right to knock
the soldier out.
To hang, slip over an edge or jump over a railing with
Triangle. In this -Picking up bodies: Stand near a dead or
incapacitated soldier and hold the
Triangle button to pick up their body. Using the Left
Analog Stick, you can
drag their body around. The reason for doing this is
to hide it from other
enemies that may spot it and therefore will call in
back up. However, leaving
a body can be useful (see tips).
-Hiding bodies: Often times, if you know where the
enemy searches, you can keep
them from finding their fallen comrades if you place
the body in the right
place. However, if you want to be sure, drag the body
to a nearby locker (if
there is one). The locker needs to be open. Drag the
body into it and Snake
will put them inside and close the door.
CQC - Close Quarters Combat
---------------------------
CQC returns from MGS3 and it's much improved this
time around. It's a valuable
weapon for Snake in his mission. There are a number
of different CQC techniques
and they change depending on Snake's situation. In a
way, this is an offshoot
of the previous section because obviously, CQC
requires an enemy soldier as
well.
*======*
Basics
*======*
Grabbing: Grab an enemy with R1 and Snake will
place them in a chokehold. This
can only be done with one handed weapons (pistols)
or with no weapon equipped
at all.
Melee: If you have no weapon or just a pistol
equipped, pressing R1 three times
in succession will let Snake perform a short melee
combo. If he has an assault
rifle weapon equipped, he can perform a one hit
strike attack with it.
Holding an Enemy vs Choking: Hold R1 lightly to
simply hold an enemy. Use the
left analog stick to drag them around.
*==========*
Techniques
*==========*
-Throw Enemy to Ground: Press R1 and down on the
Left Analog Stick at the same
time to toss the enemy hard to the ground. This will
stun them for a short
time.
-Knock Weapon Away: After grabbing with R1, release
R1 as Snake is pulling the
enemy toward him, then hit R1 again to make the
enemy drop their weapon.
-Choke Out: Hold R1 firmly to choke an enemy.
Eventually they will be knocked
out.
-Snap Neck: Keep tapping R1 when the enemy is held
in CQC and eventually their
neck will break
-Throw to Ground: After already grabbing an enemy,
press down on the Left
Analog Stick and R1 to throw them down. This is not
as powerful as the normal
throw, so it will not knock the enemy out, so be
mindful of that.
-Human Shield: While holding R1 to keep the enemy
in your grasp, use L1 to aim
your pistol and use the held soldier as a human
shield. Other enemies will
hesitate to fire at you. It makes getting out of hairy
situations much easier.
-Assault Rifle Throw Down: With an M4 or other
assault rifle equipped, approach
an enemy and press R1 and then immediately down
on the Left Analog Stick. Snake
will perform a quick combo which ends with a throw
down, knocking the soldier
unconscious.
-Choke Out on Ground: While holding an enemy,
press X to crouch, then release
R1 quickly. Press R1 again immediately and down on
the Left Analog Stick at the
same time to place the enemy face down and get on
top of them. Hold R1 and the
enemy will eventually be choked into a stunned
position.
*============*
Other Things
*============*
There are a few more things to watch out for when
you play the game. While they
don't allow you full control, there is a bit of limited
player interaction in
these specific sequences.
-Flashbacks: When watching cutscenes, you may see
an X prompt in the top right.
Press X several times to see various flashbacks that
are relevant to the
previous MGS games and other things. There are a
few hidden ones however when
X doesn't show up but you can still hit it to see
something.
-Snake's View: You can get a glimpse of what Snake is
looking at during some
scenes by looking for the L1 prompt in the top left
corner. Hold it to see what
Snake sees. Like flashbacks, there are a few hidden
ones where the prompt does
not appear.
Psyche Drops: During cutscenes, some things
characters say to Snake, or at
times, Snake's own actions result in him getting a
drop in Psyche. You can tell
this when the Health/Psyche gauge becomes visible becomes a necessity. Without the Rail Gun, killing a
during the scene and the Gekko is not all that
Psyche drops a little. Prevent this by tapping X hard. The important thing is to keep moving and
repeatedly when it drops to never let it get too close to
restore it back. There are a few exceptions to this you. The Gekko's kick attacks are deadly and will
however. obliterate Snake. Use the
Solid Eye to find the Gekko's weak points. Fire at its
*=======* legs to bring it to its
Enemies knees. Aim for the neck to bring it all the way down,
*=======* then fire at the head
until it blows up. When you get the Rail Gun, charge
Snake doesn't face a wide array of enemies, but a it up all the way and
few of them can be more deliver a shot to the head for an instant kill.
deadly than most enemies he's fought in his video
game career! Boning up on Raven's Minions
them might just help you avoid a swift death. ---------------
Where: Act 3
Description: Unmanned flying units that look like
PMC Soldier birds, drop bombs from above
----------- Weapons: Rockets, bombs
Where: Acts 1, 2, and 3 Difficulty: 1/5
Description: Your most typical MGS enemy Tips: These things are pretty easy. During the chase
Equipment: Mk. 17, Grenades, Stun G., WP G., G3A3, sequence, just aim at them
M60E4, etc. with your submachine gun. You only have to be so
Difficulty: 1/5 accurate and they are very
Tips: All strategies in dealing with enemies advocate weak. During the boss fight, take them out if you
stealth as a primary prefer, it will make things a
option, but sometimes, as you know, being stealthy little easier. They offer a little problem if they start
isn't always easy. So when attacking so stay in
you have to, favor pistols or automatic weapons and the building.
submachine guns. These guys
go down pretty easily. When you're remaining Scarab
stealthy, use the Mk. 2 and Stun ------
Grenades. Very susceptible to CQC moves. Use Where: Acts 4 and 5
Human Shield when you get in a Description: Small spherical units with 3 arms, they
bind. move in groups
Equipment: DE
FROG Soldier Difficulty: 3/5
------------ Tips: These guys are really annoying and they prove
Where: Acts 1, 2, 3, and 5 that in Act 4. They comb
Description: Female soldiers with special armor and the area and being spotted by a single one of them
combat abilities. brings on a hellish
Equipment: P90, Five-Seven experience for Snake. They attack in giant swarms
Difficulty: 2/5 and respawn continually until
Tips: Avoid using the Solid Eye when trying to sneak you shake the Alert phase, which is by the way, not
through an area with these easy. Killing a Scarab may
gals. They can detect the sound. Also avoid CQCing often call in even more too which makes things
them directly. Direct means harder as well so avoid it most
when they can clearly see you coming. The FROGs times. Learn their patrol routes and avoid their
have a counterattack and most search beams. Their biggest
of the time, it will backfire on you. If you can sneak weakness? Chaff Grenades. Hope you saved up! If
up on them, it's easier, you get attacked, don't let
but avoid doing it directly. They like to move around, them swarm you. Use a Machine Gun or the MGL-
using the ceilings and 140. They may grab Snake and use
walls to cling to. Don't let them flank you and use a laser on him, just execute a roll with X when they
assault rifles and the latch on.
like, as well as sniper rifles and sometimes grenades.
*=============*
Gekko Advanced Tips
----- *=============*
Where: All Acts Just some random tidbits of information, ranging
Description: Unmanned mech unit, uses sounds of from near common knowledge tips
Cicada and Bull to lesser known ones. Various things to help you in
Weapons: Machine gun, grenades achieving more when playing
Difficulty: 4/5 MGS4.
Tips: The most primary strategy is to just avoid
detection at all costs. There 1. Crouch when you can, it is less conspicuous and
are times when **** happens though, and also a time draws less attention than
(Act 4) where killing them when running

2. Avoid using guns with light attachments when
trying to be stealthy, they'll
give you away all to easily
3. On the battlefield, especially in the earlier acts, it
can be hard to get a
grip on things with the constant gunfire, explosions
and so forth. Use the Solid
Eye to sort things out. Enemies are red and allies are
blue
4. Earning the trust of the rebels can help you out,
especially on the hardest
difficulties where (according to a friend), they too,
can alert you!
5. Beware of places where enemies respawn
endlessly and don't get caught fending
them off forever
6. Although you really don't have to pay attention to
it as much as in MGS3,
refer to the Camo Index (top right on HUD) to see
how well you blend in. In
general, anything above 65% means you won't be
spotted, unless of course, you
move
7. The Threat Ring might also be of use if for some
reason you can't see an
enemy nearby. If a part of the ring elevates into a
peak, that means something
is close by. The higher the peak the bigger the object
is. A small peak may be
something like a mouse. I really never found it that
helpful because of radar,
but it's there
8. Although you can indeed hide bodies, leaving
them can prove to be more
helpful in some cases. If you can lure another soldier
to find the downed one,
you can usually get a good jump on him as well
9. To avoid any trouble from the rebels (especially if
you don't feel like
buying them out), just wear the appropriate disguise
and they will like you
10. Watch your psyche carefully, especially on later
difficulties, and try to
avoid the situations where it is depleted faster
11. Get a feel for which healing items restore more,
and manage them into
categories as such, for casual, bigger wounds, and
much needed health
restoration, based on the severity of your injuries
12. When in doubt, call Otacon. Frankly, in some
cases, he couldn't always give
me the hint I needed but don't sweat
13. When dealing with the "Beauties", choose
weapons that have automatic fire to
really light them up, or if you're going for no kills, the
M870 with V-Ring
14. Playing dead in certain situations, especially with
the Corpse Camo on, can
help
15. Also, playing dead can help restore some of
Snake's health, allowing you to
better manage your healing items (thanks to M for
this)
16. When it comes to Scarabs, just use Chaff
Grenades, for your own sanity,
please
17. Never underestimate how useful the Mk. II/III can
be in scouting. It can
also help you take some enemies out and even
procure items for you
18. It goes without saying but, if it's dark, infrared
can be a big help
19. My friend put this pretty simply. Never
underestimate how helpful the Drum
Can and Cardboard Box can be
20. CQC can be a life saver. The Human Shield
technique can really save you in
the middle of big fire fights, because it really
immobilizes nearby enemies
21. Conserve the battery life on the Solid Eye when
possible, refer to it for
just quick moments when you need it, then leave it
off
22. Taking the time to make more accurate shots
(headshots especially), can be a
big help in saving ammo, especially on later
difficulties
23. Don't underestimate how useful Magazines can
be. And no, I don't mean the
Playboys. I mean the ammo Magazines that
accumulate in your inventory when you
reload. You can easily control enemy movement with
these. Toss one where you
want a PMC to look. Once his back is turned, he's all
yours.
Tips for avoiding Alerts/Kills
------------------------------
1. Use the radar (with Solid Eye on) to show you
where nearby enemies may be
2. Make it a habit not to use lethal weapons except
when fighting things like
Gekkos and Raven's minions
3. Stun Grenades can be a big help, but only use
them in the right situations
4. Learn to like crawling and use OctoCamo well
5. Be very careful when dealing with PMCs, try to
avoid confrontation
6. Watch out when you do take out PMCs, some of
them respawn very fast and you
can get caught when you think it's safe to proceed
7. Use. Infrared. A lot. Even when it's daytime out,
the infrared setting on
the Solid Eye clearly delineates enemies and this is
helpful so that you can
always see what's coming.
8. Save often. Every time you pass a checkpoint,
save the game. A checkpoint
is when the screen fades and then it says "Press Start
to continue." Save when
you get to these parts and if you mess up you can
reload from there.
9. Be extremely careful when using the Mosin
Nagant. It's sound can give your
position away if your targets are too close. If they are
close enough to hear
your Mosin Nagant shot, you should have used the
Mk. 2.
10. Try using the Mk. II/III in more situations that you
didn't before, but
be warned. If you're not using its stealth function,
and the MK. II/III is
spotted, it will trigger an alert also.
11. Stun Grenades can give you away if they are not
close enough to the enemy.
Try to be more precise and try throwing only from the
laying position when in
camo.
______________________________________________________
___________
/ \
-]| Walkthrough (wlkt) |[-
\_____________________________________________________
____________/
Foreword
--------
This walkthrough is, and I will emphasize this, made
for a very basic run
through. By that I mean, you want to just get through
the game and you don't
care if you kill your enemies and bosses or not. If
you're looking to stamina
kill bosses, then seek out the second walkthrough
further down. I decided to
loop No Kills/Alerts with the stamina boss killing
strategies in one, since
they go hand in hand with each other. This
walkthrough is meant to be your
first playthrough, whereas the second is geared
toward those who have already
beaten the game, and therefore want to get some
unlockables by trying to get
no alerts/kills and stamina killing the bosses.
***This guide was made to suit the Solid Normal
difficulty. You may notice
slight differences playing it on a different setting.***

12. Check your stats when you're in the middle of an

act if you're unsure if _____
you still have 0 kills/alerts. You don't want to __________________________________________
accidentally save if you have (, / | _ /
gotten one of either. Quit out to the main menu and /---| _ _/_ / / / LIQUID SUN
load the Mission Briefing ) / |_(__(__ / / (act1)
for the current Act. On the main split screen, on that (_/ / /
orange bar, your current /
stats will scroll across. _____________________/

13. Never use a gun with a light attachment. Most of

the guns you're using Watch the cutscenes. After a few moments, you'll
should be non-lethal anyway, so some of them can't gain control. You'll start out
use lights (exception: M870) at....
but still, avoid the lights whenever possible since
they can give your position Middle East - Ground Zero
away easily when aiming at enemies from hiding -------------------------
spots. From where you are now, get on your stomach and
crawl under the nearby truck.
14. Just remember to avoid confusion. Mk. 2 = You'll find a ration tucked away there. To continue, go
tranquilizer gun. Mk. II = The to the other truck and
robot pal you get from Otacon. crawl under it. If you take too long, this will be done
automatically.
15. Don't be afraid to make separate saves for
different areas in each Act, Watch the next scene. When it's over, you'll be
especially if you don't check your progress regularly standing behind a bunch of
by going to the mission crates with a fallen Rebel soldier near you. Walk over
briefings (see tip #12). You don't want to accidentally the gun near him to pick
save over an alert or it up. You get an AK-102. Now just proceed forward.
kill so if you do make a mistake, you can hopefully Don't bother shooting these
reload before you messed guys around you; they're not your enemies. Just
up. move north for another scene.
All hell breaks loose when the Gekkos show up. After
the scene, enter the door
right next to your position. Climb up the stairs to the
second floor. On the
wall to your left is a big hole. Run toward it and hit X
to roll out of the
wall and onto the street below. Go left to the next
street, then right at the
corner. If a Gekko spots you, just run. At the corner
turn right and take cover
near the next street. There's a large opening across
and to the north into a
sanctuary of sorts. That's your destination, but DON'T
run out there right
away. Stay behind all the junk at the corner. Another
Gekko will fall out of
the sky and if you had run out there right away, it
might have killed you
instantly with the impact. Just stay where you are
and let it pass by. If you
use the junk and so forth for cover, you should be
fine if it turns toward you.
If it does see you however, run for it fast. Just get
across the street and
into that large opening for a bunch of scenes. When
they're over, you'll get a
Codec call from Otacon.
Otacon will tell you to meet up with the Mk. II and
that becomes your next
objective. After that you'll be rewarded with
OctoCamo. This is the function
built into Snake's new suit that lets him mimic the
appearance of surrounding
surfaces, as you saw in one of the previous
cutscenes. It will be one of the
most valuable assets for Snake in this mission.
Middle East - Red Zone NW Sector
--------------------------------
From where you are now, turn around and go down
the alley. You'll find a dead
soldier there. Pick up his AK for some ammo. Head
back and turn right twice to
get onto the main street. Some soldiers are patrolling
here. Stay under the
roof and look for the opening on the right wall. Enter
here and move forward.
In the next room, there's a ration sitting in front of all
the junk right
across from the open doorway. You'll see a scene
where an enemy APC will roll
in and drop off more troops. Just keep moving
forward in this room til you
reach the door. Don't go out this way though. Lay
down and crawl through the
hole adjacent to the door. Inside here you'll find an
Arsenal Compress, useful
if you get any back aches.
When you get out of the crawlspace, move out back
to the street. While still
crawling, turn the corner and stay in between the
wall and the destroyed car.
The APC vehicle has a sensor so you don't want it to
spot you. Enter the door
on your right when you get the chance. Inside is a
dead soldier and a gun. Pick
it up for more ammo, then keep moving toward that
big pile of debris. Crawl
again and you can slip underneath. You'll see a rebel
solider get executed by
a PMC. Stay still and wait for the PMC to move away.
You can kill him if you
want by headshotting him from the ground with your
AK, but you might want to go
with a more subtle tactic. It's up to you but we're
gonna knock him out with
some CQC. Get on your feet and slowly creep up
behind him. Then press R1 and
down on the Left Analog Stick at the same time.
Snake will throw the enemy to
the ground and knock him out. He'll also drop his
gun, an MK. 17, which has an
ID lock unfortunately, so you can't use it.
Proceed down this alley where the pile of boxes are
at the end. When you get
close to the street, you'll see a solider prone there.
Crawl and activate your
OctoCamo. Just wait for the soldier to proceed
forward. Another PMC soldier
will also move forward, coming from the right. Wait
for them both to pass, then
crawl out of there and turn right. When the coast is
clear, get on your feet
and proceed toward the door behind the large
container.
Middle East - Red Zone
----------------------
You might remember this area if you watched the 15
minute gameplay trailer. The
sad part is, you can't do everything that was done in
that trailer, such as use
a sniper rifle. Oh well. You can still camouflage
yourself among the statues in
front of you by climbing onto the pedestal with
triangle, then pressing it
again. Snake will blend in with the other statues.
Unfortunately, it's not
really useful since the only nearby patrol will soon
slip out of sight. If you
get spotted though, run back here if you'd like and
use it. Also, blend in
three times with the statues for something funny.
Anyways, when you're ready, proceed up the stairs to
the left of where you
entered. As Otacon advises, use X to roll across the
gap. There might be an
enemy soldier beyond the doorway. If so, wait for him
to move into the adjacent
room. Take cover near the doorway here to blend in
with the wall. Wait for him
to come back into the room. Again, the choice is up
to you whether you want to
ignore him or not. I'm going to hold him up and shake
him down for items. To
do that, sneak up on him and when behind, point
your gun at him with L1 to get
him to throw his hands up and drop his gun. Move in
front of him and let go of
L1, then press Triangle to begin the search. Press
Triangle when the prompts
show up to find items, but time it wrong and you'll
miss. Time it on the last
prompt to knock the enemy out. Otherwise just CQC
him. Holding up the enemies
here may yield some new weapons though, like Stun
and WP Grenades. With that
taken care of, open the second nearby locker for a
Playboy magazine. Useful for
distracting enemies.
Move out the doorway that the PMC soldier was
hanging around at. Turn around
and go down the stairs. In this room is another set of
lockers, on which holds
another Ration. Go back upstairs. Move toward the
large opening in the wall
there. Jump over the gap with Triangle and then just
proceed. Stay prone here
and just keep moving; if you're standing, you might
attract the attention of
another PMC soldier. Keep moving up this ledge to
the very end. Here, you'll
see a large green container below you. Drop down
here. In the corner across
from the container is a Compress. Use the container
as cover and see if you can
spot the enemy soldier. If he's coming toward you,
just stay where you are.
When he turns his back, go ahead and run out and
turn right.
In this alley, you'll see some more PMC soldiers
ahead. There's a dumpster on
your right if you need to hide. These two PMC
soldiers will turn around and
come down the alley toward you. Don't stay at the
corner of the wall because
they'll see you. Instead, move into the alley and just
lay flat, using OctoCamo
to hide yourself. The patrol will come down, peek in,
and then move into the
adjacent street. Now you can proceed. Turn right to
face that first alley
again, and enter the opening in the wall on your right
for a scene.
You get a bunch of new goodies now. For one, you've
got the use of the Mk. II,
which can help you do some recon. It has stealth so
you can have it run around
and stun enemies or pick up items for Snake. It has
limited range though, like
an RC car so send it out too far and you won't be able
to use it. You also
receive two new guns, an Operator pistol, and the
Mk. 2 Pistol which is your
standard tranquilizer gun. On top of that, you get the
Solid Eye which has
numerous functions, including personnel data,
highlighting of items, better
radar, and infrared/night vision functions. Schwing!
Move forward. A group of PMC soldiers will fire on
rebels down the way. Just
sit tight and wait for them to move. When they're
gone, get onto the street and
lay low. If you want, tranq or kill the soldiers, or just
let them keep moving.
They'll all enter the barricades on the left. Creep up
toward the two you can
see easily. Tranq or kill them both. The Solid Eye
makes dropped weapons and
items easier to see. Keep picking up their stuff. Enter
the barricade they've
set up under that little roof. Take down any more PMC
soldiers, then, scurry
across the street to the other side.
These guys are rebels, so they won't attack you.
They don't exactly "like" you
yet either though. We want the next part to go easily
so let's change that.
Take cover behind the sandbag barricade and look
down the street. There's an
enemy APC with a gun turret, which you can't do
much about now. However, there
are a few enemy soldiers taking cover near there.
Take them down and the rebels
will see that and appreciate the help, and therefore
they will like Snake more.
Let's seal the deal though. To the right of all the
barricades is a doorway. It
might be hard to see but it's there. There might be a
rebel coming out of the
door. Have a Ration or other healing item equipped,
and walk up to him. Press
Triangle when the prompt shows up and Snake will
give the rebel the item. Do
this and it will make any militias like you more, and
may yield rewards as
well. Give them more items if you wish, otherwise
just proceed into the door.
Middle East - Militia Safehouse
-------------------------------
You're inside the rebels' underground base. Rebels
are all around. If you did
not help them you might have to treat this part like a
sneaking mission. Avoid
the rebels at all costs by using your OctoCamo. If you
did help them out and
gave some items, they probably still won't like Snake
yet (unless you're
playing on a lower difficulty in which case they're
easy to please). In this
case, you will have two options:
The rebels will see you if you don't hide and they'll
confront Snake as if he's
an enemy, but they will only attack if you run away. If
you stay still, they'll
let you by. So you can just use sneaking tactics for
the most part and if you're
seen, don't move, and you can get through this part,
no problem. If you want it
easier though, keep picking up items you find around
here (use the Solid Eye).
For every soldier you come across, give him an item.
Eventually, they will get
hearts above their heads, which means they like
Snake now and they won't
confront him.
Either way, proceed through, picking up items until
you reach the room with all
the chickens. Pick up some more items here, then
proceed down the next hall.
There's two rebels. Like I said before, if you can, try
to appease them and
hopefully they'll start to like Snake. If not, just wait
for them to confront
you and they should let Snake pass if you don't make
any sudden movements. Turn
left at this fork here and enter the room with some
dead PMC troops. There's
some items and ammo here, as well as a new gun,
the GSR pistol. Pick it all up,
then leave and go down the other fork.
In this next room are the injured rebels. Again, if you
haven't made them
happy, you might want to use stealth here. There's
only one uninjured soldier
here that can actually see you though. There's some
pentazamin on the crate to
the left, some ammo near there at a soldier's side,
and some ammo in the far
right corner. Grab it all and proceed through the next
corridor. Before going
around the bend, look to your left. In an alcove here,
you'll find an iPod
song, the "Theme of Tara". Pick it up, and keep
moving. In the next small room,
there is some ammo to the right. In the next hallway
is another rebel. Do what
you have to and enter the next room. Here two
rebels will be looking over the
wing of one of those flying enemies. Go to the far
door and into the next hall.
Right here is another fork. Look in front of you
though with Night Vision on.
There's something under that table there right in
front of you. Crawl under
there to find, yes! The signature cardboard box! Turn
left at the fork and
enter the room. Pick up the items to find a whole
mess of grenades, including
regular, Stun, and Smoke. Leave and go down the
other way.
Here you'll find yet another fork. Turn down the right
passage and into another
small room. This one yields some much nicer rewards
though. You'll find some
ammo, among other things, but the most important
find is the RPG-7 in the right
corner, along with ammo. Wow, bet you didn't expect
to get such a powerful
weapon this early, huh? There's more though, open
the lockers to get a Playboy,
some AK ammo, and the Middle Eastern Militia
disguise. This is the same outfit
Snake wore in the opening scenes. You can now wear
this now and in the future
(Act 1 only) and the rebels will always like you! Leave
this room and go back
to the original path.
Proceed into another room with two rebels. The
corridor after that leads you to
a left to right hallway. On the left is some RPG-7
ammo, so pick that up, then
go down the opposite way. In this last room you'll find
some ammo, a Ration,
and the Petro Bomb behind the pillar near the stairs.
When you have everything,
go up the stairs into the next area.
Watch the scene. You'll meet Drebin and afterwards
get a call from Otacon. When
it's all over, you'll get another call, and then you'll
have your hands on the
M4 Custom. Now that you've met Drebin, you can
start earning points in his shop
to buy new guns and ammo for your existing arsenal.
This will be helpful in
completing the game. Whenever you find guns you
already have, Snake will keep
the ammo, and the gun itself will be sold to Drebin
for points. Also, your
performance in the game will now have a chance to
earn you points. Have less
alerts, less kills, consume less healing items, etc.,
and you will earn even
more Drebin Points. You can also use the points to
remove those nasty ID locks
on new guns you find, plus you can customize
existing weapons. Let's move on,
your new objective, as already explained, is to find
your informant.
Middle East - Urban Ruins
-------------------------
From where you are now, turn right down that little
alley where the dead
soldier is. Take his gun off his hands and you'll hear a
chime sound. That
means it was sold to Drebin, but you keep the ammo.
Now exit this alley and go
up the stairs right there. Up here you can find some
ammo and stuff. You can see
a ledge far across from here. Try rolling toward it. You
won't make it, but you
should land on a ledge with an RPG-7. Sweet. Drop
down now and begin to traverse
this maze. I'll lay out instructions for getting through,
just for the sake of
making sure nobody gets lost, but the easiest way to
get through here is to
just turn on the Solid Eye's infrared. You can see
footprints laid out that will
guide you through.
Proceed past the fallen soldier and enter the opening
on the right. Turn right
and go down this corridor. Pick up the gun and turn
left. Climb the ledge here
and get the ammo, then drop down. Enter the
opening here and you'll see two
rebels ahead of you get picked off by PMC troops
below. Grab their guns for more
Drebin Points, then go into the opening on the left
wall. Turn right to find a
Compress near another dead soldier, then go back
the other way. On the right
will be another climbable ledge with a ration on top.
Turn right here, then
right again to another corridor.
Proceed forward a little and a brief scene will show
the ceiling collapsing.
When it's over, move along and turn right, then enter
the next space. Go up the
makeshift ramp and then hug the wall with Triangle
while standing. Use the Left
Analog Stick to slide across the wall to the other
ledge. If not, you'll have
to shimmy across. Get on that ledge and into that
opening there to slide down
into the last area.
Climb up the ledge at the end, and turn right. You'll
see a small ramp leading
down then what looks like a rectangular hole to drop
down into. Do not drop
down. Just carefully go down the ramp and turn
immediately left. Crouch to get
under this low ceiling and you'll find a dead soldier.
When you're under here,
stand up again and you should be able to see a ledge
here. Climb onto it and in
this niche here, you will find some Instant Noodles,
as well as the iPod song,
"Zanzibarland Breeze". With that in hand, go back to
the drop point and go in
for a cutscene.
Middle East - Downtown
----------------------
You'll get the Drum Can after the scene which is a
somewhat more useful item
than the Cardboard Box. You can press X to put it on
its side, and roll into
enemies, but if you want to stay stealthy you should
avoid that. Anyways, turn
the corner and then proceed down the street,
hugging the right wall. When you
approach the car, turn right and then turn right again
into the alley. Around
the corner, you'll see some rebel troops. If they still
don't like you by now,
just fade into the wall with OctoCamo and let them
run by. Otherwise, just keep
moving and turn left at the street there. Some more
rebels will run by. Follow
them. They'll get picked off by snipers. Pick up their
gear and then proceed
into the next area. Lay down and crawl forward.
There are snipers ahead of you,
as well as other enemies lying in wait. Sneaking is
possible, but it's much
easier to take the enemies out. Plus, it will make the
rebels like you more.
Enter Drebin's Shop from the pause menu. Keep in
mind on Wednesdays and
Sundays, Drebin's prices are slashed by 20%. You
should have enough points
though for the M14EBR sniper rifle. Buy it and equip
it right away. Crawl
forward a bit and get behind the barricades. You can
go prone here. Now use
the rifle and spot the sniper on the high ledge to the
far right. Using your
scope will make it easier to find him. He's to the left
of a telephone pole
that's short circuiting. Pick him off first. Then turn
your sights back to
ground level. Across the plaza behind some sandbags
are two other PMC soldiers.
Snipe them both. To the left is the first floor window
of the building directly
across the way from your position. Another enemy
will poke his head out every
now and then. Pop him, then go up to the third floor
with your scope and wait
for another enemy. When they're all dead, the rebels
will cheer which is good
for you. Pick up any dropped weapons from the fallen
rebels for much needed
Drebin Points.
Head across the plaza and into that first floor window
(climb through with
Triangle). Climb out the other side and then take
cover on the right side of
the adjacent alley by laying down. Make sure you
stay to the right side. Two
PMC sentries will come running down to the corner.
You might as well pick them
both off. Favor your Mk. 2 since it has a silencer. You
don't want to give your
position away. Take them both down and grab their
stuff, then head down the way
they came from, past the blue van. You need to stop
here and lay down. Stop
before that little spot of light on the wall there. Two
more PMC troops will
come out. Back up very slowly if you want to let
them pass, but you'd be better
off taking them both down quietly for their weapons
for more DP. Proceed when
ready, but be wary of another PMC soldier around the
next corner. Take him out,
then turn left. The alley runs back into the street, and
there may be a few
PMC soldiers there. One might get killed by rebel
gunfire. Take the other or
both out and grab their gear, then move to the right.
Go prone and move between
the ruined car and the wall.
You'll reach another open area. The PMCs are on the
right, and the rebels are
on the left. The PMCs respawn very fast in this area
though, so you're better
off just ignoring them. In that case, your best course
of action is to use the
large ditch in front of you and just crawl past the
enemy lines. However, if
you want to take a risk, hug the right wall and sneak
in past the PMC
barricades. This will let you sneak up on them. Take
them down fast. These two
PMCs are replaced very, very fast so if you want, you
can camp here and pick up
some extra DP. It's not much though and honestly,
probably not worth it because
getting out of this little area is really tough without
being seen by the
replacement PMC soldiers. Still, you can try it if you
wish. Just crawl through
the ditch. A helicopter will start an airstrike above,
but it shouldn't be a
problem if you keep moving. You can also go behind
the Rebels (again they're on
the left) and find a niche in the building nearby that
you can slip through
(thanks to Luigisyoshibuddy for this). When the coast
is clear (use the camera
to make sure you're out of the PMC soldiers' sight
lines), get up and enter the
door on the left.
 the kitchen area. There's only ammo here, but in the
Middle East - Advent Palace room to the right of it,
--------------------------- there's a Claymore guarding the iPod song, "Level 3
No enemies here, so don't worry. Doesn't mean you Warning". Pick it up, and
can be lax though. There's some other stuff laying around, including a Ration in
a lot of traps here, some that are not as easy to spot the restaurant room,
as others. In the main then find the staircase at the end of the other side of
room here, you'll find an AK on the table. Ahead of the room.
that is a Claymore, made
easier to see if you turn on infrared on the Solid Eye. Head up to an outdoor area. Proceed from here into
Claymores will go off the bar room. Watch out for
if you get too close. Veteran MGS players will know the Sleep Mine right there. There's a Regain on the
how to disable these car counter, and some ammo
puppies. Crawl over them and Snake will procure the and some Instant Noodles in the corner. When you
Claymore without it going got it all, enter the doorway.
off. This will also add it to your weapon inventory. Approach the red door in the hallway for a few
Near the Claymore is a scenes.
Playboy on the chair. Head to the stairs to the far left
corner. Go up and At the end, Akiba's dimwittedness will cause the
there will be a fallen soldier. Pick up his AK for DP and FROGs, the elite part of
the Ration nearby. Liquid's army, to appear. When you finally have
Go up the stairs to the next floor. Head out onto the control, the shooting has
walkway to find a already started and you're in the middle of your first
Compress. The rest is blocked off, as well as the next unofficial boss fight.
floor of the stairs, so
get back on the stairwell and head down to the first []=====BOSS FIGHT - FROG
floor again. UNIT=============================
===================[]
Now move across to the other stairs, the ones near | Right from the get go, you've got a few
the door you entered. Go FROGs in the outdoor area you |
up and immediately you'll see a strange device |originally entered from. You've got Meryl and Rat
resting there. It's a pop up Patrol Team 01 on your side|
Sleep mine. If you get too close, it releases gas that |though, and they have no problem killing some of
will knock Snake out for these enemies for you. Still|
a short time. The good news is that all it can do is |you want to help out so take aim at any nearby
slow you down, since there enemies with your M4 or other |
are no enemies that can take advantage of you in |weapon. When they're down, a whole lot more will
this situation. Like come flying onto the scene |
Claymores, you can crawl over them and collect |and land on the roof. Gun them down, as well as any
them as weapons. If you prefer, others around the corner.|
you can shoot them, but they are useful weapons in |Be sure you pick up the P90, which is the signature
the right situations, so you weapon of the FROGs. Not |
might want to collect them. Proceed up the stairs |only is it one of my favorite guns, but it's actually a
when you're ready. On the pretty decent weapon |
next floor you'll find down the nearby walkway is a |and I will be recommending it later on. When Meryl
box of Stun Grenades, but and her unit start moving,|
resting in front of it, is another Claymore. Crawl |follow them downstairs into the next area. Here, on
toward them and pick up the the opposite walkway, a |
Claymore first, then get the Stun Grenades. Head |whole lot of Frogs will show up. Some will also jump
down the other walkway. There around and cling to the |
will be another Claymore guarding the next few |walls. Gun them down easily when they do this. For
rooms. Get it first, then the others, take good aim |
explore these areas for some other goodies. In the |(use the M14EBR if you need to) and shoot them
bathroom are some Smoke down. Eventually though, move |
Grenades, and in a room to the right there is a |along the walkway to the other side where the unit
Claymore guarding some Instant is just standing around. |
Noodles. When you've got all that, head all the back |Some more FROGs might be waiting on this adjacent
to the stairs and go up walkway. Gun them down. |
to the next floor. | You'll be warned of enemies behind you.
Use the pillar as cover and |
This is the last floor, but the stairs still lead up. Turn |look down the walkway you came from. A small
on Infrared to see group of FROGs will be waiting, |
the Claymore right near you at the base of the next |with some bounding across the ceiling toward you.
staircase. Grab it, then Make quick work of them, |
go up to the top to find a dead end, but also a pack |trying to use as few bullets as possible. Soon a FROG
of Instant Noodles. Head will swoop in from |
back down to explore the previous floor. Turn right |behind on the other walkway so don't let her get the
and enter the doorway into jump on you. Rat Patrol |
|will probably start moving at this point, so ignore the
other FROGs or gun |
|them down. Don't bother using Grenades on them
because more often than not, |
|they'll use the walls and ceilings to get away. Follow
Meryl and her unit |
|into the restaurant/kitchen area. Help them gun
down more approaching FROGs. |
|When the coast is clear, you'll reach the opposite
walkway, where they | with more rebels aboard.
|attacked from originally. Follow Meryl down the stairs
to the next floor. |
| Some more FROGs will attack on the
opposite walkway, as well as on the|
|one above you. If aiming with the M4 becomes too
difficult, try using the |
|M14EBR. It's easy to get headshots with it and you'll
spend less ammo. More |
|FROGs will replace the fallen ones. Eventually
though, Meryl will have her |
|unit move on, so just follow them. They'll move into
the bathroom and other |
|adjacent rooms. More FROGs will swoop in though,
coming from the room across |
|from where Meryl is standing. A flashbang will knock
Akiba out. Kneel over |
|his body and hold Triangle to wake him. Take the
FROGs down and any others |
|that show up. Go to Johnny (Akiba) and he might
drop items for you. If Meryl |
|and her unit do not move, that means there are still
some FROGs around. Make |
|sure you grab the ammo the FROGs drop, you might
also find a Five-Seven | Call of Duty 4 players
|pistol on them.
| exactly work the same way, but
| When they're dead, follow them into a
hallway where a short scene. |
|starts. When it's over, follow them down the hole.
You can cut in front of |
|Jonathan if you'd like, but be careful he doesn't drop
down on top of you. |
|You'll be on the other side of the first floor bar.
There's some Instant | and keep moving up. There will be more of them
|Noodles tucked away if you need them. A bulldozer
will come crashing through,|
|letting more FROGs inside. Gun them all down with
your M4 or M14EBR or other |
|weapons. When they're all dispatched, follow Rat
Patrol out the other door |
|and into the next room for a scene.
| a little, and on the left side of the street, under an
[]===============================
================================
============[]
Jump down the elevator shaft, but grab the nearby
ammo if you want first. At
the bottom of the shaft, enter the next room and
approach Meryl's unit again
for another scene. You'll get Liquid's location, and
getting to his camp is now
your new objective.
Middle East - Advent Palace Garage
----------------------------------
Nothing to do here but grab the dropped P90's from
the FROGs killed in that
cutscene. After that, proceed up the slope in the
corner and then climb a ledge
and over some boxes to reach the next area.
Middle East - Crescent Meridian
-------------------------------
Leave the corridor to reach the street where you'll
see a whole bunch of rebel
troops. A tank will then come bustling onto the scene
Move down the street, picking up any guns along the
way, and enter the ruined
building on your left, right near the barbed wire
barricade. There's some
Pentazamin there so pick that up, then jump out of
the window and you'll be
on the street with the tank. Use the tank as cover as
it moves forward. You'll
spot some PMC troops taking cover on the left. Kill or
Tranq them, then grab
their stuff. Move forward and pop a few more of
them, then turn left down the
alley there, but be very careful. Around the next
corner is where the
reinforcements come from and they'll spot you easily.
So either wait and then
pop them or take them head on.
Climb the ladder here and get to the roof. A sniper
should be there, laying
down. Take him down, then on the far end of this
rooftop you’re on, on the other
side of the little penthouse, you'll find the Javelin.
might remember this nifty little gun. It doesn't
it's a nice weapon all the same. Next, move across
the walkway to the other
rooftop and you'll find a Ration. Climb back down to
ground level now.
Move up along the street and you'll encounter more
PMC troops. Take them down,
hiding behind a sandbag
barricade. Take them down as well and that should
quell the threat for now, and
start up another rousing cheer from the rebels. Grab
any guns and then proceed
down the street. There's a barricade blocking your
way, so instead move back
awning, there should be
a ladder. Climb up and go around the corner, then
drop down to get on that
street that was blocked off. Now, a rather surprising
turn of events will take
place in the form of a cutscene.
Middle East - Millennium Park
-----------------------------
Now that literally everyone is dead, go ahead and
pick up all their guns for
some extra DP. After that, proceed forward. Around
the next corner are a pair
of PMC troops. Lay down and use the OctoCamo,
then quietly pick them both off
with your Mk. 2 or other gun. Remember that having
less kills will earn you
more Drebin Points at the end of this Act, but if
you've already accumulated a
large number of kills, it won't matter.
If you look to the right, you'll see the barricades, and
an enemy APC with a
PMC behind the turret, as well as another PMC
standing before the gate. The
logical solution may at first seem to include
tranquilizing the PMC from afar,
then getting the gunner so you can slip in. It's a nice
strategy, but let's
make it even easier. To the left of where all the
barricades are, there should
be an alley. It's around the same area where that
previous PMC ends his walking
routine. Find the alley (there's a dumpster inside),
and against the right wall
you can find an opening. Slip inside.
To your immediate right, behind a stack of crates,
you can find the iPod song,
"Theme of Solid Snake". Now go upstairs. Be careful
of a PMC patrolling; he
might come up the hallway adjacent to the top of the
stairs. Take him out, then
continue exploring. If you go straight across from the
top of the stairs, you
can find some ammo on the ledge behind the crate.
In the hall where the PMC
came from is a door. Enter to find a Playboy to the
left, then enter the next
room ahead. You can find another door here and
some holes in the floor. Enter
the other door and you can find some Instant
Noodles. Now drop through one of
the holes. You'll land on the other side of the
gateway.
Two of the lockers here have ammo if you want to
search, plus there's a Ration
underneath the desk. Venture out into the plaza area.
Just be cautious of a
nearby PMC. Take him out from a far.
______________________________________________________
___________
/ \
-]| Act 2 Mission Briefing |[-
\_____________________________________________________
____________/
During this briefing, as well as all the others in the
future, you can control
the Mk. II. With the exception of the Act 5 briefing,
you can pilot the Mk. II
around and scour the plane, the Nomad, for items, or
just get a different
perspective on things. After you finish the next act,
you can also use the
Mk. II to get some special items during the briefings.
When the scene eventually switches to the split
screen, hit square to switch
the camera view on the right to the Mk. II. Then press
Triangle to put it on
the big screen. Now hit L2 to make it full screen.
For starters, go down the plane toward where the
helicopter is and you should
find a Battery on the left, near the chicken's cages.
Now turn around, going
back toward where Snake and Otacon are. Find the
stairs on the right and move
the Mk. II into them. It will eventually scale up to the
top on its own. Turn
the corner and you'll find Sunny's kitchen. Find some
Instant Noodles nearby,
and then to the right of the TV, some ammo. If you
turn around from there, you
can see something in the bathroom stall. Pick up the
iPod song, "Boktai 2
Theme", then watch the end of the briefing. When it's
over, you'll gain all the
items the Mk. II picked up.

We want to go across to the right side. See that

metal shed? Go there but make _____ _
sure no other soldiers can see you. Hurry over and __________________________________________
approach the wall and that (, / | ' ) /
shed. There is a space between the two. Hug the wall /---| _ _/_ ,--' / SOLID SUN
with Triangle to slip in. ) / |_(__(__ /___ / (act2)
On the other end, near the dumpster, you'll find the (_/ /
PSS. Pick it up, then lay /
down and use OctoCamo. Proceed forward slowly, _____________________/
tranquilizing any PMC troops you
come across. There should be a pile of wooden Watch the following scenes. When you gain control
planks and other supplies. On you'll start out at...
top is a Ration.
South America - Cove Valley Village
Continue forward through the next gate. Here are a -----------------------------------
lot of tents as well as a From where you currently are, lay down and crawl up
big truck. There's a lot of troops here so stay low and to the cliff edge. From
don't go out too far. here, you can get a good vantage point of the
Bring down each enemy as you come across them, situation below. The PMCs have
then head toward the wall behind the rebels and are about to execute them. If you
the tents and find the red door. Enter here for some want to get in their good
scenes. graces, you'd best save them. You can easily snipe
the PMCs from here, but make
When it's all over, you'll be done with Act 1!
sure you're blended in with OctoCamo first, or else
you'll be spotted. Take out
each PMC, using your sniper rifle and Night Vision on
your Solid Eye. It will
be morning soon, but you're gonna need it for now.
Stay there and wait for more enemies to show up.
The rebels will start fighting
back and most of them will get slaughtered. Keep an
eye out for more enemies
coming out of the nearest house, and then farther
down from there. When the
coast is clear, drop down and start your search. In
the first house, Stun
Grenades, ammo, and a Playboy will be waiting for
you. Keep Night Vision on to
find them.
Now for the next house. This is the house that was to
Snake's right from the
cliff. Coming out of the previous building, it's just to
the right. It's also
the only building on this "side" if you think of this
area like a square. In
here a few goodies, including V-Ring ammo, the
South American Rebel Disguise and
the Muna. The Muna is an item that will help your
recover Psyche slowly. It's
useful until you become a lot better at the game and
as a result, better at
keeping your Psyche up.
The house to the right of the first one you entered is
broken down, so ignore
it. Go to the barn like building next to it. Climb the
ladder and you can find
Pentazamin and a Ration. If you turn around, you'll
see the SVD sniper rifle
along with some ammo, but it's across a large gap.
Sometimes you can traverse
this gap simply by running and rolling at the right
time, but more often than
not, that won't be enough. Get a head start, run, and
hit X to roll, then mash
the Triangle button, and Snake will grab the ledge.
Hit it again to pull
yourself up and collect the SVD. Now drop down and
head over to the next house.
That one is also ruined, so move to the next one.
Under the porch are some
Smoke Grenades. Inside you'll find the iPod song,
"The Fury", as well as some
ammo. You're done here, now move out to the right,
into the open valley.
If you saved some of the rebels, they might be
waiting up ahead. They might
have also been killed while you were scrounging up
items so don't get too
excited. Either way, keep NV on and start sniping the
PMC troops you find, or,
if you prefer, just get close and hit them with the Mk.
2. Continue up the
trails, climbing ledges until you get onto the upper
ledges. Search the bodies
of the PMC soldiers and you might find the G3A3
assault rifle.
Continue up the ledges until you pass a small hut. In
the canyon there, you'll
be led to the next part. You'll get a Codec call. When
it's over, meet up with
some more rebels. Follow them up the way and
they'll encounter more PMCs. If
any of your fellow rebels die in the ensuing
bloodbath, check their corpses for
weapons. Among other things, you might get the
Twin Barrel, if you forgot to get
it at that house, and the M10.
Keep going, backing up your rebel friends but also
trying not to get spotted at
the same time. At a cabin you'll find some ammo,
along with more enemies.
Proceed through the valley to the right after that, and
you'll enter the next
area.
South America - Power Station
-----------------------------
You'll get another codec call. After that, proceed
forward with more rebels.
Stay to the left, and look for the opening on the right.
Stay low here and look
for the snipers on the ledge ahead. Pop them both,
then proceed forward,
crossing over to the right side. Across the field will be
the PMCs, and they'll
be engaging your rebel friends for eternity, so there's
not much point in
sticking around. Just silence who you need to
proceed, and hug the right wall.
You can find a Ration tucked away in a small basin,
and then a trail nearby
that leads up to the top of the cliff. There's another
Ration here, plus a
mortar that you can fire on the PMCs.
When you're done, jump down, and go along the
perimeter of the power station. Be
careful the enemies on the left don't spot you. Move
carefully and when you get
to the opening in the gate on the left, be wary of two
more PMCs that might spot
you. Take them out from afar and then enter the
area. Look for an MP7 drop.
Enter the building and you should find a Ration and
some C4. Grab both and you
can wait for the rebels to blow up the generator for
the Power Station, which
might come in handy in a little. Either way, leave and
proceed again, along the
perimeter and you'll start up a cutscene.
After it's all over, proceed down the road into the
next area. This is where
you need to make a decision. There's two paths here.
Each go to the Confinement
Facility, but they take very different routes. The right
path will put you
right into the heart of the action and will lead you
directly to the facility
where a lot of good stuff awaits. If you go left
however, you will enter the
Confinement Facility area from a different spot, and
there will be less PMCs
around and it's very easy to slip in. There will also be direction.
a fork here that can
let you go to the facility or take a shortcut and skip it Eventually the road will bring you to the facility.
completely. Before we go there however,
there is something we need to find in what I call the
I personally prefer the right path since it's not too big countryside area,
easy and I like getting in which is what you would have first seen if you took
on the action. However you should definitely go down the right fork from the
the left path at least Power Station. Turn away from the facility and enter
once and pick up some new stuff because it's this very large and open
definitely worth it. So what I'm area. The PMCs are fighting with the rebels across
gonna do is advise you to take the left route for now, the way. Go across the small
but we'll swing back to creek and up the hill toward the road. Take out the
the facility as well. Listen (read) closely. PMCs along the way and go
to their sandbag barricades. The one nearest to the
Go ahead and take the left path here and if you road has an item box near
watched the rebels take out it. That's the FIM-92A, better known as the Stinger
the power station, they'll be with you. If not, there Missile Launcher. Scwhing!
will be PMCs here so be
careful. There's a lot of items around here so look Good coincidence since you can probably see there's
carefully. The most a helicopter nearby. You
important find is the XM8 carbine rifle under small can use this to take it out (if you want). There will
wooden roof. This is a nice also be an enemy APC on
rifle and I like using it aside from the M4. It's the the road so take that out (again if you want) with an
same one that Rat Pt. 01 anti-tank missile or just
uses. ignore it and turn back. Before you leave this bog
area, look around. You can
Anyways, continue through this path and watch out see there are a few pieces of land mired out across
for more PMCs if you have to. this swampy terrain. Find
Eventually, you'll enter the next area. the large island in the center. It's got three tiers
(levels) to it and has a
South America - Confinement Facility lot of rocks. Find it and get onto it from the water. On
------------------------------------ the middle plateau,
You'll be in the rocky area. There will be a road you can find the iPod song, "Rock Me Baby" sitting in
directly before you that goes front of two rocks. How
left and right. Left leads to the prison area and a clever. Now go back toward the facility.
shortcut, while the right
leads to the facility. We eventually want to explore When you can, enter the facility from the left wall.
both but for now, go left. Find the first door and
Just stay on top of the rocks and look for PMCs. walk in to find the barracks. You'll find a Playboy
Continue and get on the high here, as well as the iPod
ridge and follow this path along until you can see the song, "Metal Gear 20 Years History (Part 3)". Go down
prison area which is the hall and enter the
comprised of a few small buildings and a guard next door. In this small storage area you'll find some
tower. From the ridge, you can more healing items. That
easily snipe three or more of the PMCs here if you'd is not the most important find however. Inside this
like. Sneak in and go to small room will be a
the first building you see. There are rebels being held package of... could it be? Are the legends true? o_O
prisoner in here. Go Chaff Grenades! (cue
around and take out the guard in the doorway and Legend of Zelda "Link got a..." music) Yes, these
they will be freed. They'll babies which are now a rarity
help you take out the rest of the PMCs. can be found here. Grab them, then continue to the
mess hall, where some Instant
There are a lot of items around here, in the various Noodles wait. There's nothing else here so move on.
buildings and underneath, Go up and find the small
and outside, etc. Take down the PMCs and do some little house inside the facility walls. In here you'll find
searching. Our prime reason a bunch of ammo,
for being here is one weapon in particular. In a room but more importantly, the M870 Custom, a very nice
in the building with a shotgun, and one weapon
big hole in the floor, you will find the VSS. It's a heavily favored for stamina killing the bosses. With
silenced sniper rifle. that in hand, move on to
Schwing! This is what we came for, so you can leave. the next area, through the small valley up ahead. You
If you look down the road, can also reach this next
it leads into what looks like a mine shaft entrance. area by turning around and taking that "shortcut"
This leads to the next path I mentioned, but it's a
area. This is the shortcut for the Confinement Facility, long walk so I'm not going that way. Just keep going
but we don't want for now.
that. Turn around now and go all the way back down
the road in the opposite South America - Vista Mansion
-----------------------------
You're almost there. Meet up yet again with some
rebels. Not too far ahead of
your current position, is a PMC troop walking about
unknowingly. If you don't
take him out, the fighting will begin momentarily
anyway. Help the rebels take
out any PMCs, always looking to the right. The PMCs
stay on the hill to the
right and the one above you. Keep your rebel friends
covered while moving up
the hill to the large gate. Keep low and don't get
spotted. Eventually when you
reach the top, a scene will show a bulldozer charging
in. Otacon advises you to
give it cover, but it really doesn't matter. Eventually
it will bust down the
gate, and you'll be given access to the mansion
grounds.
Proceed in. The PMCs will gun your friends down.
Check the bodies and one of
them should be carrying the M72A3, the anti-tank
missile launcher, and another,
the PKM. Scwhing! From the entrance, proceed to the
right, toward where all the
tents are. Just be careful about being spotted, as well
as all the gunfire and
explosions going off. Try to stay near the walls and
behind the tents. When you
reach the wall, go up and keep going up until you
find a pair of dark red
containers. The one on the right should be almost
touching the wall, but far
enough to allow Snake to pass through. Hug the wall
and slide through this gap.
Why? You'll find the iPod song, "Sailor" if you do. With
that, head all the way
back toward the entrance. This time, go left into the
garden area. Stay on the
outer perimeter and swing to the left side of the
doorway where the PMCs are
shooting from. Take them out then when the coast is
clear, enter the door.
Inside, you'll hear some PMCs talking. One will come
running down the stairs in
the next room and into this room. Hide on the red
carpet if you want, or just
go ahead and rush both of these enemies on the
stairs. Either way, when it's
safe, proceed into the next room. There are the stairs
leading up, but if you
want, go down the hall to the right and search the
room for Pentazamin. Go down
the next hallway into the dining room for some
ammo. After that, go back and go
up the stairs. There's nobody waiting up here, so just
turn the corner, and go
down the hall and into the next room. Find the door
that leads to the roof.
There may be enemies here so be careful. Proceed to
the left and find the small
deck with the opening in the floor. Drop down and
enter the cellar.
Go through the corridors, and you'll find some Instant
Noodles and some ammo.
Keep going and you'll find a small store room with a
bunch of goodies,
including Stun Grenades, normal Grenades, a bunch
of ammo, as well as a Ration
and a Compress. Keep going down the corridor and
you'll find the ladder.
South America - Research Lab
----------------------------
There are a few scenes to watch here. Sit back and
enjoy for now. When it's
over, you've got a fight on your hand, with a much
bigger one looming.
The FROGs will be your opponents for now, so figure
out how you want to go
about this. They will come in by units of two, only
one at a time. You can
hide out under the bed nearby and wait for them,
then cap them both. It's a
slow approach but it gets the job done. If you prefer a
more direct approach,
hunt them down and take them out using the M4,
and utilize cover to reduce the
damage you take. Make use of the radar to know
where they are and get the jump
on them. Try to avoid getting close; CQC usually only
works if you try to throw
them down to the ground. If you try and grab them
normally, the FROGs can
counter this so avoid doing that. When you dispatch
the first two, another two
will show up, and so on. When you take out all four
units, the boss will call
out to you. It's time to fight.
[]=====BOSS FIGHT - LAUGHING
OCTOPUS==========================
===============[]
| Right off the bat, you'll have Octopus in
front of you. Unload on her |
|with your M4. You might also want to use one of the
new guns like the PKM or |
|something else, but it's your choice. I prefer the M4
because it doesn't make|
|things too easy. If you do decide to use the M4, I
recommend you go ahead and|
|customize it if you have not already. Select it in
Weapons from the Pause |
|menu and hit L2 to customize. Add a grenade
launcher attachment to it. It |
|will come in handy.
|
| Fend off Octopus in the lab room and
she'll ball up and release some |
|black mist. She use it to vanish, much like a real
Octopus would. Now here is|
|where the fight gets creepy. Octopus will use her
camo unit to hide, and all |
|the sounds and music and her abrupt outbursts will
keep you on your feet. The|
|goal is to locate her before she gets the jump on you
and keep depleting her |
|health. First, we'll outline her attacks.
|
| Octopus will mostly fire at you with a gun.
It does little damage but |
|if it goes unanswered, it can deplete your health
fast. She may also try to |
|grab and electrocute you with her tentacle. Later on
in the fight, when she |
|balls herself up, she may start a rolling attack. It's
hard to avoid unless |
|you can climb onto a box or onto the bed in one of
the rooms. Octopus will |
|also commonly send out floating bombs when she
vanishes. These will actively |
|seek you out. You can shoot them all down, but if
you want to save ammo, it's|
|better to let them touch you. The bombs will not
explode on contact. Instead,|
|you can hear the beeping which counts down to
their detonation. The bombs |
|will stick to Snake until they go off. Just let them
latch on, then start |
|running and do a roll to shake them all off at once.
That outlines the | |
|attacks of Laughing Octopus.
| ================================
| When she disappears the first time, you'll
be tasked with tracking her|
|down. She can mask herself as just about anything,
which makes it difficult. |
|Luckily, you have a tool on your side that can make
this much easier. Use the|
|Infrared function of your Solid Eye. It will illuminate
Octopus wherever she |
|hides. Also pay attention to the radar. When she
speaks, the sound will show |
|her location on the radar. Most often, after her first
disappearance, she |
|will appear in one of the hallways and blend in with
the wall. Fire on her |
|from afar and she'll vanish again, usually dropping
some bombs. Shake them |
|off and then find her again.
| on her. She'll sidestep at |
| The rest of this fight will consist of you
finding her hiding spots |
|and unloading on her. She may hide in any of the
following locations: the |
|painting at the end of one of the halls, on the ceiling,
in the small store |
|room in a box, in the lab room as a small machine
connected to the ceiling, |
|and as a marionette. Use your Solid Eye Infrared and
you can find her easily |
|for most of these spots. When she's in the store
room, you can see the | ready, start unloading on her |
|tentacles coming out. When she's hiding as the
marionette, she's lit up like |
|a Christmas tree, and as you'll notice, the real
marionette is in the | ================================
|opposite room. In the lab, fire on the machine, not
the tentacles. |
| Halfway through, she'll disguise herself as
the Mk. II and even mimic |
|Otacon's voice. She'll call you and have you turn the
corner. Call Otacon and|
|he will not have any knowledge of this. When you
turn the corner and see the |
|Mk. II, do NOT get too close. She's set some mines,
so stay where you are and|
|shoot it from afar to shake her disguise. She'll
disappear again after that. |
|Keep finding her and shooting her. Eventually she'll
stop disappearing and |
|crash through the windows to confront you. Just
unload on her with your M4 |
|and if she jumps onto the ceiling, use the grenade
launcher attachment. Just |
|be careful if she rolls into a ball and starts coming
after you. Climb onto |
|something if you can to avoid it.
|
| Eventually as the fight winds down, she'll
change her face to resemble|
|Naomi's. Just shoot her and that will end that. After
this, the fight will |
|start to wind down. Octopus will stop hiding and just
continue to come after |
|you at this point. Just keep shooting her and use
healing items if needed, |
|and you should win in time.
[]===============================
============[]
Watch the scene. Surprisingly enough, the fight isn't
over just yet!
[]=====BOSS FIGHT - LAUGHING
BEAUTY===========================
===============[]
| She'll stagger toward you slowly.
Laughing Beauty has no weaponry to |
|harm you, but if she gets close, she'll grab you and
slowly drain your life. |
|If this happens, wiggle the Left Analog Stick to shake
her off, then press |
|Triangle when prompted to throw her down.
|
| Back up slowly and keep your gun pointed
|certain moments, making it difficult to land an
accurate shot, especially if |
|you use a pistol. Her sidestepping may make it
difficult to deplete that |
|health, but good aiming and reactions will make it
easier. |
| Now is also a great time to search for
items as well. Just be careful |
|if you stray too far from Laughing Beauty. She'll
come after you much faster |
|when there's distance between you. When you're
|and when all her health is depleted, the fight finally
ends. |
[]===============================
============[]
For winning this fight, you get FaceCamo, and a call
from Drebin. As he will
explain, FaceCamo can be used to make Snake even
harder to find when using
OctoCamo. Personally, I didn't use it all that much,
but sometimes in tight
spots, it can be useful. The one detraction about it is
that it shows up in
cutscenes.
Anyways, when you're done, you'll be in the next
area.
South America - Mountain Trail
-----------------------------
You've got to find Naomi, and you'll get a Codec call
with some good tips. The
paths are littered with footprints that you can see
with Infrared. The trail
splits in many different directions though, so it's
going to take a bit of
guesswork to track her down. There is only one true
path, and some others are
just traps. there are a few worth exploring however
for extra items.
For now, just follow the trail a ways. You'll be able to
find a Ration in a
small basin on your right. Keep going until the trail
turns and opens up into
a larger area. Here there are three paths: left,
middle, and right. The right
path is really just a shortcut back onto the path you
came from, so it's
useless. The middle path will take you to a dead end
where a PMC soldier is
relieving himself. Yes. Go ahead and hold him up
while his back is turned, or
whatever you want to do. There's also some ammo
here. Turn back and take the
left path now. This will take you to a bridge. Cross it
to reach the next fork.
Here, an enemy soldier is patrolling. Go ahead and
hold him up, shake him down
for items, etc, or just take him down. Three paths lay
before you again. The
right trail is the correct one, so let's check the others
out first. The center
path, with the sort of makeshift clothesline above it
will be our first choice.
Go down this way and you'll find a small house. Aw,
look at the happy guinea
pigs! Err, anyways... The house is inhabited by
another PMC, and he'll spot you
if you enter, so make it easy and toss a Stun Grenade
so that it just lands
inside the doorway to incapacitate him. Grab more
Stun Grenades inside, as well
as a Playboy outside under the small roof. On the
right side of the house, you
will find the PSS handgun. If you got one already,
you'll just trade it in for
Drebin Points. Head back and take the left path now.
Here you'll find some
Instant Noodles, but Infrared will reveal that they are
well guarded by a
Claymore. Don't rush up and grab the noodles. Crawl
to them to grab it and the
Claymore too. Head back now and take the right
path.
Here you should see a PMC soldier laying on the hill
in front of you. Take him
out from afar. When you move farther, you might
spot an object laying on the
ground. It's a handkerchief, maybe belonging to
Naomi. It seems you're on the
right track. Three paths here. The left one is a dead
end that will just lead
you back to the small house you were at before, but
there's a Ration there to
grab. The other two paths lead to the same place,
but the right one will take
you on a more scenic route. Choose that one. On the
way, you'll find a bra
strewn across the rock face there. Hm... seems like
we're getting... warmer.
You'll come across a small ruined house with two
guards, one patrolling, the
other inside. Just take out the one in the open and
either use a Stun Grenade
like before, or try to coax him out by tapping on the
side of the building.
When they're down, pick up any goodies, then
continue to the next spot.
In the next section, there will be one guard sort of
dozing off. Just take him
down and now look at your next few paths. There's a
left one and a right one.
They will both take you to the same place, but favor
the left one. You'll end
up coming to a place where all the grass is strangely
flattened. A crop circle?
Then, you'll hear a voice, saying lines very familiar if
you played MGS2. When
it's over, you'll score a bonus of Drebin Points. This is
the first of many
audio flashbacks. You'll encounter a whole bunch of
these later on.
Now cross the river and you'll see the footprints,
again, split into multiple
directions. Again, either path is fine, they'll both take
you to same place,
but know that the right path has two FROGs on it.
One is hiding behind a log,
and the other around the corner from there. You
should hopefully get a Codec
call if you approach them, giving you a valuable
piece of advice. The FROGs can
hear the faint sound emitted from the Solid Eye's
Infrared mode. So avoid using
it when you get near them, otherwise they'll get
suspicious and come toward
your position. If you choose left or right, you'll wind
up in the same spot.
Three paths again here. The left and middle paths
lead to the same spot, but
take different routes. The right-hand one is a trap,
and if you go down it, you
will hear Naomi's voice. It will lead you to a small hut.
It sounds like Naomi
is in there and is in danger, but it's just a trap. If you
use the Infrared,
when you come down the path, you might notice the
FROG laying in wait on the
hill in the distance. This FROG spotting you entering
the hut is what triggers
the trap and if you fall for it, you'll be surrounded. So
cap this FROG from a
distance, and you can safely proceed.
Inside the small house are some Smoke Grenades, as
well as a portable stereo
playing a recording of Naomi's voice. Shoot it, since
it's annoying. Outside the
house you'll find a Regain and some Sleep Mines.
Pick them all up and head back.
You now have two paths, and as I said before, they
lead to the same place. The
left path is better strategically as it will let you see
both FROGs before they
can spot you. Just be careful with that Solid Eye. If
you took the right path
and had Infrared on, one of the FROGs would have
detected it and come snooping.
Also, on the left path, you can find a Ration tucked
away in the small basin.
Continue to follow the footprints through the small
valley.
In this next area, a lone PMC will be standing
dangerously close to a Claymore.
You can probably sneak up on him, but I did that
once and both he and myself
got blown up by the Claymore. I survived, but... my
friend wasn't so lucky. Oh
well. Do what you wish, and collect the Claymore if
you can. Again you have
three paths. The center and right paths go to the
same spot, so go to the left
first. You'll find some guinea pigs and some items.
Now take either path,
preferably the center one. You'll find a small grassy
area with a very hard to
spot FROG. She can spot you easily, very easily,
especially if you have
Infrared on. Don't let her see you. Take her down and
she might drop the DSR-1
sniper rifle. Although I like the SVD for its old school
feel, I have to say,
I love the DSR's targeting reticle. Continue down the
next path.
In this area is one PMC. Take care of him and then
turn right down the trail
which will take you to the area you would have
wound up at if you had taken the
right path at the previous fork. Go down the right
path here to wind up at the
area that was overlooking the "trap" house with
Naomi's voice recording. If you
recall, it was watched by a FROG. If you killed her,
just grab the RPG-7
nearby, and if you have one already (which you
should), it will sell for good
DP. If you tranquilized the FROG, she might have
awoken by now so be careful.
Head back and take the next path straight ahead, to
the right. It's the one
sort of blocked off by a big rock.
This trail is just a big horseshoe with a path
dissecting it through the
middle. A PMC patrols the outer trail if you want to
get him. Otherwise, just
go through the center path and find the entrance to
what seems like a mine. Go
inside for a scene.
After it's over, you'll start a short segment riding on
top of Drebin's APC.
Get close to the gun turret and press Triangle to man
it. Fire it with R1 like
you would any other weapon. You'll start off at the
mansion grounds, and some
PMCs in armored suits will come through the gate.
Fire on them at will, but
be careful of all the PMCs surrounding you. Their
nanomachines have them all
befuddled and they will try to climb Drebin's APC to
get to you. If you don't
care about high kill counts, just shoot them with the
turret if you can. If
they get on, take them out with heavy firearms or
they'll knock Snake off the
turret. Take care of the suited enemies. Drebin will
eventually drive off.
In the next area, a whole mess of Gekkos will create
a road block. Oh ****.
Well, that's what you'd normally say when confronted
by so many Gekkos, but
fortunately, the turret is more than enough to handle
them. Fire on their heads
and they will go down without too much trouble. The
annoying part here is that
when they blow up, it causes large clouds of dust and
smoke to kick up, which
will effectively block your view for a few seconds.
Don't let any Gekkos get
too close. You get nice bonuses of Drebin Points for
each one you destroy. They
also don't count as kills since they're unmanned.
Eventually Drebin will speed
off again.
When you start the next area, another APC will
attack. Focus on the green doors
here and fire at the drums nearby which might
weaken the doors' strength. The
APC will attack again so fire at it with the turret and it
will stop. Now focus
on the doors again until they are both blown off. This
starts up the final
area.
More Gekkos block your way. Keep firing away and
Drebin will pilot the APC up
a long road, where even more of these things try to
block you off. Keep that
trigger finger steady and eventually you'll turn right
into a small valley. The
Gekkos will give chase so keep firing. Eventually
Drebin will say "Don't fall
off!" and that means you're in the clear. You enter the
next area and a scene
will start.
South America - Marketplace
---------------------------
Impressive stuff eh? After the scene ends, you're in
the middle of a very
dangerous area. Otacon is waiting up ahead but this
area is filled with Gekko.
No time to fight them or hide, just keep moving!
From where you star this area,
there is an item more or less in front of Snake's
position. Avoid the Gekko and
find the iPod song, "Bon Dance". From there, stick to
the left and go under an
awning. There's some ammo there if you need it.
Move up and then left again
into the small alley. When you turn the corner, a
bunch of scared villagers run
by and a Gekko comes running from out of nowhere.
Crap. Throw on the Solid Eye
and you can see the Gekko's weak points. We don't
have time to destroy it, so
just disable it. Fire a few Mk. 2 rounds into its legs
and it will fall.
Now quickly run past it and turn the corner. Turn left
again and carefully pass
the other Gekko. This is the last stretch, through a
street lined with merchant
stalls. Hurry down and yet another Gekko will block
your path. Quickly use the
same method as before. It's your best option
because just trying to get past
it won't do. The Gekko can deliver a swift and very
powerful kick that will
knock a huge chunk off your health. Just tranquilize
the legs again and the
path will be unbarred. However, before proceeding,
check the very last stall on
the left. Behind that stall you can find more Chaff
Grenades! That's two packs,
for a total of 4 grenades (assuming you haven't used
any yet). Remember the
location and move forward. A scene starts.
When it's over, Act 2 ends with it.
______________________________________________________
___________
/ \
-]| Act 3 Mission Briefing |[-
\_____________________________________________________
____________/
After the introductory scene, you get that split screen
thing again. As said
earlier, use Square to change the camera view in the
small screen to the view
from the Mk. II, then Triangle to switch it to the
bigger screen, and then L2
to make it full screen. We have some things to get
here, so let's start the
search!
First I'll mention something I hinted at before. Now
that you have FaceCamo,
you can use the Mk. II to collect some new
FaceCamos to wear. To earn them, you
have to ram into certain characters with the Mk. II.
Right when you gain
control, your first target is Otacon. Ram into him with
the Mk. II and you'll
hear that "item collected" sound. That means you got
it. You could also get
this one from the Act 2 briefing, but since you didn't
have FaceCamo back then
this is the earliest you can get it on your very first
playthrough.
Ramming into characters only works when they're
standing. Both Naomi and Sunny
have some FaceCamo for us to get, but they're both
sitting down now. We'll have
to wait. For now, go to the area directly behind
Sunny's computer and you will
find the Camera. Schwing! Now go upstairs into the
kitchen. Snake is there.
Right next to him is the iPod song, "Shin Bokura no
Taiyou Theme". Near that is
another Battery, and in the bathroom is a Compress.
Get these and head back
downstairs with Snake. You can also find some ammo
near the back (front of the
helicopter) but I was full on both of them.
Just watch the scene unfold for now. Eventually after
a lot of talking, Snake
will walk over to Raiden. Shortly after that, Naomi will
get up. You can ram
her (lol, innuendo) with the Mk. II and get another
FaceCamo. After some more
talking, Naomi will ask to take Sunny's seat and when
Sunny gets up, you can
bump into her too for the last FaceCamo in this
briefing. In fact, it's the
last one you can get from here on out, but there's
still one more. Watch the
rest of the briefing and when it's over you'll gain all
the items, including
FaceCamo for Otacon, and two for Raiden. Now, Act 3
begins....
_____ _
_________________________________________
(, / | ' ) /
/---| _ _/_ -( / THIRD SUN
) / |_(__(__ (__ ) / (act3)
(_/ /
/
______________________/
Watch the scenes. When it's over you'll get a Codec
call from Otacon outlining
your objective. After it's over, you gain a few new
items. There's the Signal
Interceptor which may be important although not
necessary in helping you
through this next part. You also get the Civilian
Disguise, and two new
FaceCamo for a younger look on Snake.
Your objective is to locate Big Mama, leader of the
Paradise Lost resistance
group. To do that though, you'll need to find a
resistance member and tail him
back to their hideout. The first half of this act will
consist of you just
finding a resistance member and following him. The
key is to stay behind him
and not make any noise and just follow him
throughout the city, and also avoid
the PMC troops at the same time. You have the
Civilian Disguise, and for me, I
like wearing it the whole way through if I can. I don't
know why, it feels more
appropriate, as if it's from some kind of movie where
one guy is following the
other down dark city streets and alleys. Weird I
suppose but that's just me. If
your location might become compromised at any
time, switch to OctoCamo.
A few things I want to note. The routes I laid out are
basically the path you
follow him if nothing goes wrong. Even still, I've had
to take alternate routes
sometimes because the resistance member just
decides to walk down different
streets. I'm not sure if this has to do with different
difficulties, or just a
random variable added. So on that note, here's a few
tips to help you out, even
if you don't end up following him the same way. Use
the Solid Eye, both regular
mode and Infrared. It's dark and if you can't see him,
both functions will help
out. The radar particularly when Solid Eye is on, it
will show you where he is
based on the whistling and his movements.
Eastern Europe - Midtown S Sector
---------------------------------
You start out at the street corner. You have the Signal
Interceptor in your
item inventory already. It will give you a very broad
area (indicated on your
map by a bright orange square) in which you may
find a resistance member. If
you're lucky though, you won't need to use it even
once. From where you are,
go around the corner and up the street, and a scene
will take over.
You'll find a resistance member coming out of hiding.
You can always identify
them by their trademark whistling (vaguely sounds
like an MGS theme). He will
walk across the street to the right. Don't start
following him just yet. Turn
around and go back to the intersection. Turn left and
go to the left side of the
building. Behind a small barricade, you'll find the iPod
song, "Test Subjects
Duality". Go back and find the resistance member.
Get behind him and hold him
up. Pat him down and he'll drop a few things, one of
them being the iPod song,
"Biohazard". Let him run away scared after this and
then stay out of sight
until he starts moving again.
Start following him, but don't run and don't let him
see you. Again, if you
prefer, just ditch the disguise and use OctoCamo. The
resistance guy will go
down the sidewalk, then cross the street to the left,
then continue down and go
around the corner. You can either follow directly or
take the nearby stairs.
Around the corner there will be a PMC. The resistance
guy can't get any closer
unless the PMCs are neutralized. If they aren't, the
resistance member will just
turn around and find another route. So either follow
him and try to pop the PMC
with your MK. 2, but at the same time, not letting the
resistance member see
you. Around the corner to the right, there is yet
another PMC. Do the same and
our guy can move on. You could just go up the stairs
and get a better vantage
point and try to get both PMCs from up there, then
drop down from the walkway
further up and wait for our guy. Or instead of using
the tranquilizer, you can
use the Mk. II, Otacon's little bot.
Either way, he'll turn left from where the second PMC
is and turn the corner
there. He'll pass some cars, go down the street, then
turn and enter the park.
Don't follow him. Instead, go the opposite direction
he went, going down the
right-hand street. Keep going until you find a lone
PMC. From where you are, he
can see you pretty easily. Don a different FaceCamo
though, such as the Otacon
one, and the PMC will not be startled. In fact, you can
walk right up to him and
then hold him up. Pat him down for items until you
get the iPod song, "One Night
in Neo Kobe City". Incapacitate him afterwards. This
FaceCamo trick will work
the whole act if you want to use it. It makes things
easier because the PMCs
will not bother with you if you're not wearing any of
Snake's faces. Now, go
back to where the resistance member entered the
park.
To the left of the park staircase is a Compress. Go in
and follow him. He'll
follow the cobblestone path for a while, but after he
passes some statues, he
will stop. At this point, you should hide. He's going to
turn around and come
back to the statue on the left to relieve himself. You
can just use OctoCamo
nearby or hide behind the shrubs. You can also use
the OctoCamo statue trick
by climbing up on the ledge and hitting Triangle.
After the guy has done his business, he'll move on.
Get low and get close to the
drum at the corner, but not any closer. To the let are
two PMC guards. They'll
prevent our guy from moving on so take them both
down from afar with your MK. 2.
Our guy will then move on and exit the park, walk
across the street and get on
the other side of a big ramp. Follow him and then up
the ramp itself He'll
follow the wall and go around the corner, approach
some cars and go down a
staircase. If you go left from the top of the stairs
there's a Ration tucked
under the small awning.
Follow him down the stairs and the next part will
consist of you following the
resistance member as he ducks into various
doorways. Just stay behind him as
he slips into all these nooks. He moves on and
eventually crosses to the other
side of the street and hides there. Wait for him to
move again and he'll start
running to the right and then turn into the opening
there. Follow him and you
will enter the next area.
Eastern Europe - Midtown NE Sector
----------------------------------
We're gonna ditch our friend for a few minutes. Don't
worry, the diversion will
be worth it. As you will notice soon upon entering this
area, there are four
PMCs posted, as well as a helicopter making
searches with its light. While our
friend maneuvers around them, go ahead and either
try to sneak by on the left,
or better, just tranquilize all four PMCs. Now slip by
and you can find some
Instant Noodles behind where they were standing.
More importantly, there is a
road to the left of where they stood, it goes up a hill
sort of. Go down here
to enter the next area.
Eastern Europe - Midtown NW Sector
----------------------------------
Just a ways up, you'll see a path going left and right.
On your left you should
see two PMCs. Carefully peek out from cover and
tranquilize them both without
them seeing you. When they're down, proceed past
them and you should see the
area behind them. It's like a small canal sewage drain
of some sorts. You can
hang over the ledge of the solid walls (not the railing
like walls), or just go
up the canal to the ladder and drop down that way.
Just be careful of another
helicopter and other PMCs. When you get down, you
can find some ammo, and among
other things, lots of rats. Anyways, your main goal
here is an underground
tunnel. Find it on one side of the canal and walk
through to one more area.
Eastern Europe - Midtown Central Sector
---------------------------------------
Again, you're in another sewage canal. There are a
few more goodies to be found.
In particular, there is an interesting pick up to find on
one side of the canal,
and that's a Stinger, or just ammo if you got it
already in Act 2. Comb both
sides for items, but the item that we're solely looking
for, the whole reason
you're taking this detour, is above you. Find a ladder
and climb up. Not far
from there, tucked away in the corner, you should
find them. Throw Infrared on
to help you. There they are. Chaff Grenades. You can
go ahead and search for
other stuff, but when you're done, head all the way
back and retrace your steps.
Back into the ditch, into the tunnel, out of the other
ditch, past the PMCs
again and back all the way to...
Eastern Europe - Midtown NE Sector
----------------------------------
Ok, we have to find our friend again. He's usually
found in the same spot and
that is to the right of the PMC patrol/helicopter
search area. The rightmost
road is where he should be. Find him and tail him
again. He'll try and sneak
behind two PMCs. Stop where you are and try to
tranquilize both of the PMCs
quickly. Otherwise, our friend will accidentally make
noise and they will spot
him. They will try to take him in, and then you'll be
forced to tranquilize
them anyways before they take him away. After he's
freed he usually runs away
scared and hides for a moment, and he might come
toward you so try to avoid
this by taking the PMCs out fast.
Afterwards, he'll eventually make his way down that
street as it enters a big
intersection. Stay somewhere out of sight and watch
him. He'll turn down one
alley and stop, then start running again. Follow him
and you'll both wind up in
the next area.
Eastern Europe - Midtown N Sector
---------------------------------
Around the corner you'll hear some sort of rustling
noise. There's an opening
on the left but don't go in. Stay back and wait, and a
PMC will stroll out.
Wait... something's fishy here. Yes, it is, it's our
resistance member! Somehow
he has gotten PMC threads and now can travel
incognito and pass by the other
PMCs no sweat. Unfortunately for you, this means if
you want to follow him, you
might have to take some of those PMCs down. You
can also tell it's the same
guy by the same old whistling, and also by looking at
him with the Solid Eye
equipped. You can see the blue color, which means
he's not an enemy. Keep that
in mind.
Follow him out the alley into the street. Stay there
where the alley and road
meet and look down the hill. Two PMCs are waiting.
Our guy can slip through,
but they will be a problem for us. Try to hit them both
with your Mk. 2 from
afar. Then follow the PMC disguised resistance
member around the corner, where
he will meet up with three other PMCs! Oh boy.
Follow them slowly. If you lost
track of the resistance member, just use the Solid
Eye. He's the only one that
shows up as "blue". One PMC will turn right down an
alley. At the next
intersection, another will turn left, while the last PMC
and our guy will turn
right. Follow them down the sidewalk for a few
moments. The last real PMC will
turn right. Don't follow our guy though, follow this
PMC. He'll duck into a
small alley. Go ahead and CQC him with the throw
down, or just hold him up, or
whatever. Make sure he's out. Nearby in this alley,
you should find the iPod
song, "On Alert". Nice. Return outside and find our
resistance member. Follow
his trail again.
He'll have slipped into the alley directly across the
street. Follow him in and
at the corner, you can find a Ration. As you proceed
down the adjacent corridor
with him, Otacon will mention vehicle patrols. You're
getting very close to end
of this part, so don't get caught now by the vehicle
patrols. You can hear the
big jeep coming and see the headlights, so prepare
with OctoCamo or just use
the Drum Can item.
As you turn the corner leading to the exit of this
alley, you should see the
first of these vehicle patrols whiz by. Follow the
resistance member across the
street, and he'll stay on the sidewalk for a while.
Watch for another patrol
coming by, so use the Drum Can to hide. After that,
keep following our guy.
His goal is at the end of this road so don't blow it
now. Watch for one more
patrol at the last intersection. Then down from there,
the resistance member
will slip into an alley. Make sure you're either out of
sight or using the
Drum Can and not moving as he takes one peek
around and might spot you. When
he slips into the alley, he'll ditch the disguise and
walk back out. Now he
goes to the left. Follow him this way, and you'll finish
with the commencing of
a cutscene.
Some really mind blowing cutscenes will take place.
Very mind blowing.
When it's all over you'll receive the Vz. 83, a small
submachine gun. The next
part is going to be a long motorcycle chase with a lot
of enemies and a lot of
shooting. I highly recommend you ditch the Vz and
instead choose something
else. Your weaponry is limited during this part to
submachine guns and pistols,
but any that you use will have infinite ammo. I
personally prefer the P90, you
know that nifty gun you picked up from the FROGs. I
find it's a bit more
accurate, and it has a better ammo clip. Pick that or
some other submachine gun
from Drebin's shop and let's get started.
Right from the get go, you'll be forced to take a
detour because of Gekko. You
can't do much about them during this sequence so
just concentrate on the enemy
soldiers and FROGs. You'll see some down the next
street, but if you decide to
shoot, be careful you don't hit your allies on the
motorcycles. Past the plaza
and up the next street you run into a barricade road
block. Time to turn back,
as a Gekko gets dangerously close. Big Mama will
stop and a bunch of PMCs and
Gekkos will approach. Just aim for the PMCs and gun
down as many as you can.
Aim for the barrels near them to trigger helpful
explosions. There are some
barrels on the left corner of the right-hand street
(where the Gekkos are
coming from), and two sets of barrels on both sides
of the archway on the left.
Big Mama and the convoy will take you through the
arch, past more enemies and
into the next area.
In the next area, the FROGs will come into play. As
you turn the corner to the
left, a whole bunch will be firing on you. Take some
out as a jeep suddenly
bursts onto the scene. Take out the gunner and then
keep your eyes peeled for
more enemies. After you pass the overhead bridge, a
FROG will land on top of
the van. Shoot her down and continue on. Big Mama
will drive down a riverside
street, where the pathway is blocked. Turning the
other however, and the other
side will also be blocked off. Shoot all the PMCs,
using the barrels on the
left to assist you. Take out the gunners on top of the
jeeps too. Eventually,
Big Mama will turn around and you'll launch off a
ramp in slow-mo over the
first blockade. Getting a shot off is tough but you
might be able to get one or
two PMCs while you're going through the air in slow-
mo. Either way, when you
stop, take aim at all of them. Use the barrels on the
right. Eventually the
van will burst through and you'll all move on.
The next few streets will be lined with FROGs. A few
will jump on the van so
always shoot them off. The others will be on the
sides, so shoot them when you
can get a clear shot. Eventually, you'll get onto a
bridge and enter the next
area, but not before a short cutscene.
B&B Corp member, Raging Raven has joined the
party with her flying minions.
This next section will have you being bombarded
from above by them. They're
easy to destroy though, so use the P90 and gun as
many down as you can. They
are unmanned if you're worried about kill counts, and
like Gekko, they give you
small rewards of Drebin Points. Raging Raven will
also show herself so fire on
her if you can. Big Mama will navigate you down
many more streets and these
things will continue to attack so keep your gun
pointed up and your finger on
the trigger.
You'll pass a jeep on the right, but it's not a concern.
You'll encounter more
flying enemies, and then another jeep will appear,
but this one will chase you.
Take out the gunner and let Big Mama take you
further down the street. More
flying enemies show up, including Raven again. From
there, you'll turn down
some more streets and a collision occurs between
two jeeps and you barely slip
through in slow-mo. While you're moving under the
jeeps in slow-mo, gun down
both FROGs ahead.
As this chase winds down, you'll find a lot of FROGs.
Gun them down and use the
barrels found conveniently on many street corners to
make the task easier. More
flying enemies will appear, and eventually Big Mama
will take a detour down an
alley. Use the barrels to take out upcoming FROGs,
then when you get back onto
the street, turn around to see more flying enemies,
including Raven again. Many
explosions go off, but eventually, you'll escape under
a tunnel. Seems like
it's safe... for now.
Eastern Europe - Echo's Beacon
------------------------------
Two scenes take over. When they're done, you know
what you have to do. Time to
fight.
[]=====BOSS FIGHT - RAGING
RAVEN============================
=================[]
| This fight is a toughie. Raven has a clear
advantage over you because |
|she has the sky and you only have this tower. She
also has a slew of flying |
|baddies at her disposal. They will scour the area and
crash through the tower|
|in search of you. If they spot you, Raven will know
where you are and find |
|you. She's equipped with a powerful grenade
launcher, so in a firefight it's |
|imperative that you get your shots off first and
dodge hers at all cost. | |notice her start to smoke. Keep attacking and hiding
| Her attacks are pretty straightforward.
She will just fly around and |
|have her drones look for you. When she knows
where you are she will typically|
|fire her grenade launcher. When inside, you only
have to worry about damage, |
|but if you decide to go on the balconies, you run the
risk of being thrown |
|off the edge by the explosion. As far as I know, you
can never be thrown off |
|instantly; you always have a chance to climb back
up. She will also drop some|
|missiles overhead like a bombing run if you stay
outside. Another attack that|
|you may encounter, is one Otacon will tip you on.
You'll hear that beeping |
|sound. That means Raven is launching a payload of
missiles. The best way to |
|deal with this is to just run away from wherever it is
you're at, whether it |
|be inside or outside, just run.
| []===============================
| You have the freedom to go about this
fight in several ways. You don't|
|even have to stick to the same strategy. You can
freely change tactics and |
|try them all out. It really depends on whether you
want to stay inside |
|or go outside. If you stay inside, just hide and wait
for her to come inside.|
|Shoot her with any weapon you want. M4, a
machinegun, or better yet, use an |
|RPG. She'll fly out and then you can just wait and
she'll come back and then |
|you can just repeat. Getting the first shot will help
you reduce the damage |
|that you might take from her attacks.
|
| If you want to go outside though, which is
my personal preference, go |
|up the stairs to the top floor. Out here the strategy
will consist of finding|
|Raven and avoiding her attacks. Typically out here,
she will hover in the air|
|for a few seconds, leaving her wide open. You have a
short time to pull out |
|something like a sniper rifle and fire it at her. If you
take too long, she |
|eventually will fire a grenade at you and move away.
The key to this is |
|trying not to lose track of her, because she likes to
move around a lot. For |
|this reason, some may prefer the indoors tactic, but
I don't like to stay |
|inside the whole fight since it's too easy. For
outdoors, the sniper rifle is|
|the best weapon in my opinion. Just be fast and
react quickly so you can |
|avoid her grenades if you have to. Avoid using the
Stinger here because it's |
|pretty much useless and she has no trouble dodging
the missiles. Keep the |
|Stinger handy though, it will serve its purpose soon.
|
| If you let enough time pass, or if you try
to weaken Raven gradually |
|with short bursts of fire, followed by some ducking
and covering, you may |
and eventually she will |
|overheat. She'll drop a stun grenade and then fly off
to a rooftop where she |
|will land and try to cool off. It's easy to find her
because several of her |
|minions will flock around her. Get a shot on her and
you can use a sniper |
|rifle, but here is a great time for that Stinger. Fire a
missile and it will |
|do a lot of damage, and not only that, it may very
well take out several of |
|her minions. If nothing else, it means more DP.
|
| Any of these tactics will work. Just be
careful and try not to stand |
|still. Also be wary of Raven's drones. They have
missiles too, and any time |
|she says "Kill him!" they will open fire. Use whatever
means you feel are |
|best and bring Raven down. Eventually you'll win
this fight. |
================================
============[]
*NOTE: According to a tip, it is actually possible to be Watch the rest unfold and we'll get to start what
totally thrown off many believe is the best Act
the balcony during the fight. I've still never had this in the whole game.
happen to me, but I
guess it is possible. Before Act IV officially begins, you'll have control for
a special segment. I
A short scene unfolds. As it turns out, just like before, won't spoil it so I won't be giving any strategical
this fight isn't details, but none are
quite done with yet. really necessary. Just go around, pick up items if you
want to, and reach one
[]=====BOSS FIGHT - RAGING of the access areas and you can move on. Savoring
BEAUTY=========================== this little moment is good
=================[] too though. When it's done, you earn a new
| This should seem somewhat familiar. FaceCamo.
Once again, you'll be chased by |
|the Beauty form. If she gets close, she'll drain your After a scene, Act IV officially begins.
life. This is the best |
|time to look for items. Like Laughing Beauty before
her, Raging Beauty will | _____
|move faster if you go all the way up to the top floor. ______________________________________
Just don't let her get| (, / | / / /
|too close when she moves faster, by stopping her /---| _ _/_ /___/_ / TWIN SUNS
with some bullets. On the | ) / |_(__(__ / / (act4)
|top floor, you can find a few things in the outer (_/ / /
corners. At the top, if you| /
|didn't already get it, is the iPod song, "The Essence _________________________/
of Vince". Grab this as|
|well as anything else you want. When you're ready,
fire at will on Raging | Shadow Moses - Snowfield
|Beauty. Anything with automatic fire can work much ------------------------
better than a single shot | Where you begin, the intense blizzard makes it hard
|pistol or the like. Go with what you want and reduce to see. Just move to your
her health to nothing to| left very slightly and you'll slip into a small valley. As
|be done with it. you proceed in, you
| may hear an ominous sound. Yeah, it's a Gekko. As
[]=============================== Otacon warned earlier, they
================================ are in the valley, scouting. The first one is on the
============[] pathway ahead of you. If
you continue on this track and just try to hide,
After this, a few wild cutscenes will take over for a chances are it won't work and
good while. You'll also you'll be in a bit of trouble. Taking down Gekkos isn't
receive the MGL-140, which is a grenade launcher. exactly hard, but it
Schwing! A few more scenes would best to avoid it at all costs. Instead, find the
will play for a good while. Grab a snack if you want slope on your right and
and watch everything go up. Stay low and crawl toward the tree. The Gekko
unfold. When it's all done with, Act 3 ends. will probably show up and
start scanning around, but shouldn't find you above it
if you stay low. There
you'll find some ammo.
______________________________________________________
Now, watch the Gekko carefully. It may be hard with
___________
the tree in your way, but
/ \
wait til it moves farther away. Slip over the ledge now
-]| Act 4 Mission Briefing |[-
and land there. Now on
the rock wall just behind you, find a small crawlspace
\_____________________________________________________ near you. Get inside and
____________/ enter this tunnel. You'll find some Instant Noodles
and ammo. Crawl out the
The Mk. II is no more. Now you can control the Mk. III. other end but be cautious here as well, as another
When you can use it, Gekko will most likely be
put it on full screen and we'll take another look very close. Stay still and help yourself with that
around the Nomad for some OctoCamo. Just stay near the
goodies. Near the chicken's cages, you'll find a right wall and wait for it to go to the left. Get up and
Regain and some ammo. If you run through the
go upstairs, you should find next to Sunny, the iPod passage on your right.
song, "Lunar Knights Main
Theme". Next to the TV, there is a Battery. That does Shadow Moses - Heliport
it for this briefing. -----------------------
Very familiar music will pick up, familiar, that is, if
you've played MGS1.
Anyways, proceed toward the Heliport and you have
a lot of things to do here.
First go to the far left. Near the elevator is a ration,
just stick close to
the fence. An audio flashback will start then, sort of
like the one from South
America from MSG2, but all of these are from MGS1.
Go ahead and listen to it
pan out, and when it's over, you're awarded with
1000 DP. Each audio flashback
from here on will also award you with the same
amount. Not a bad deal at all.
From there, turn right and approach the helicopter
landing platform. There,
another flashback starts, but more importantly,
there's an item on the pad
there. Yes, more Chaff Grenades! Hopefully you've
gotten some of the others up
to this point as well, because the next few areas are
some of the toughest in
terms of avoiding detection. Not only that, just being
spotted makes life a
living hell for you in these areas. A Chaff Grenade
could really help.
Anyways, go left from the pad and enter the open
room there. A normal flashback
should start. When it's over, inspect the room to find
a Compress. Across from
that, there is a crawlspace. Get in and crawl to the
next room. There's a
ration on a crate there, and also a pack of Stun
Grenades. Grab them, then move
to the next room via the crawlspace again. You'll find
some grenade launcher
and RPG-7 ammo under the table on the right. Grab
it and then exit this area
through the door.
Now approach the truck which is situated before the
Tank Hangar entrance. Vet
players will now the significance of the truck in
MGS1, but unfortunately the
backside is sealed. Not to worry. Crawl underneath it
and there you will find
the Mk. 23 pistol! Schwing! This is my favorite pistol
hands down simply for
the retro feel. I don't like the light attachment but
luckily you can turn it
off. You also get another DP bonus for finding this.
Nice.
Ok, now you've got to get in the Tank Hangar. There
are three ways to get in.
MGS1 players know the first two as the ventilation
shafts found on the ground
level to the left, as well as the one on the second
floor. Either yield another
audio flashback which gets you another DP bonus.
The other entrance is more
direct and skips that completely. It's right in front of
the truck as Otacon
tells you, and you can simply slip in through the open
hangar door. Not advised
however. We want to get more items so let's take the
top floor one. Find the
stairs on the right side of the heliport and ascend to
the second floor. Then
find the crawlspace up there and enter. Let me just
note that, personally, I
find this entrance the most annoying out of all of
them, so we're doing this
just to get an extra item. For future playthroughs,
you may wish to use the
bottom-left ventilation shaft. It's up to you.
Shadow Moses - Tank Hangar
--------------------------
Crawl through and you'll get another flashback with
more DP. Keep going through
and you will eventually find the iPod song, "Warhead
Storage". This is the only
reason we took this path. Now, if you want, you can
just crawl back out and
take another path, but for the sake of getting in, we'll
just do it this way.
Drop down and you'll land on the walkway of the
second floor of the Tank
Hangar.
Now, the thing that makes this area and many of the
subsequent areas somewhat
annoying for players, are the Scarabs. You might
remember seeing one during a
cutscene in Act 3. They're miniature Gekkos which
means they're nowhere near as
powerful, but they have very annoying behavior.
They'll roll around and stop
every so often to scan the room, like normal Gekko. If
they find you, you're
super ****ed. These things are the epitome of
cavalry. They'll come after you
wave by wave and it makes it hard to shake the Alert
phase, because a half
assed hiding spot rarely does any good. They literally
mob you, coming at you
in waves of 15 or more at a time so avoiding this is
imperative.
So your first thoughts may be just take them out and
that's all. While this is
true sometimes, and using a silenced gun will work
to dispatch them, for some
of them, it only compounds the problem. If you kill a
Scarab in a certain
location, it just triggers a ton more to appear out of
thin air. It gets really
annoying and it only increases your chances of being
spotted. Sometimes just
normal stealth tactics are the best but you really
need to be careful.
Honestly though, getting out of here should be your
only goal, and just doing
that, is not too hard. If you choose to explore for
items, it's your choice,
but the goods aren't that worth it. They include a
Ration, in the nearby room,
a Stun Grenade pack in the other 2nd floor room, and
some ammo and a silencer
for the Mk. 23 in the room on the first floor. Only the
silencer/suppressor is
really worth it, but even then, you can just buy it
from Drebin. I would really
just suggest skipping item hunting here because of
how hard it is to stay
hidden. If you do though, I totally suggest the Chaff
Grenades.
Anyways, from the walkway you're on now, just drop
over the railing to the
first floor. Just be really careful that there are no
Scarabs about to roll by
when you do so. Quickly duck under the half open
doorway into the next room.
This was previously a laser wired room that would
release gas if the lasers
were tripped. Now, several Scarabs are searching the
area from the walls.
Either hit them all with silenced guns or just drop a
Chaff Grenade. If you opt
to shoot them with a silenced gun, just be
forewarned that a huge group of
Scarabs will come up from behind you in a few
moments to check out what
happened. So move quickly and keep shooting the
others to proceed through
before the Calvary finds you. Proceed through the
other door to enter...
Shadow Moses - Canyon
---------------------
If you managed to get here without any alerts
(maybe cautions too, I'm not 100%
sure yet), you'll be treated to another audio
flashback. It's worth hearing
just for the memories, so if you really want to, you
can sacrifice a death to
hear it again. Just die in this area and you'll restart in
the Canyon. Move up
a bit and you can hear it.
On the left there is a Ration. If you have infrared on
by any chance, you might
notice two large objects, one closer to you than the
other. They're Gekkos, and
although they appear inactive, get too close and
they'll suddenly spring to
life! o_O Holy crap! Yeah, be careful. Just run away
quick and then hit the
ground before they throw their sensors on. You can
avoid the first one easily
by staying to the right. For the second one, if you
choose to get close, just
let it walk over to the left and it will do a very easy to
memorize patrol
pattern. Use that to figure out how to proceed. In the
top corner there behind
the pipes and stuff, you can find another Ration
along with some ammo. In fact,
just about every other item in the Canyon is merely
ammo.
There is one nice find however. On the far left side
behind that pillar wall,
near where the Gekko goes in its patrol, there is a
small crawlspace that is
very hard to find without infrared. Go over to that
side and crawl in when the
Gekko isn't looking. You'll find the iPod song, "Flowing
Destiny" inside. Just
be warned that this will probably wake up the second
Gekko, but it shouldn't be
a problem because it only patrols the front half of the
Canyon. Just watch the
second Gekko and move out of there to the large
hangar door when it's safe.
Crawl under to enter.
Shadow Moses - Nuclear Warhead Storage BLDG 1F
----------------------------------------------
Another familiar place. Just like old times, you can
find a Ration at the end
of the left walkway. Go down the ramp and up to the
next door. Crawl under and
enter the next room. As Otacon tells you, there's no
enemies around so you can
breathe a sigh of relief. Go ahead and look around for
ammo, but nothing that's
particularly interesting, except a Stinger if you didn't
already get one. It's
inside the truck (thanks to FusionSaint for this).
Snake's goal is to reach the Snowfield, which MGS1
vets will remember usually
called for Snake having to reach it from the bottom of
one of the towers
following the Hind D fight. This time Otacon suggests
using the hangar door in
the back behind the truck to use a shortcut. When
you go and inspect the door,
you'll find it's unfortunately locked. There's no power
so you're gonna have to
take a temporary detour. Go upstairs and approach
the elevator. Call it up and
get on, then select B2, which is your only other
choice. At the bottom, enter
the next room.
Shadow Moses - Nuclear Warhead Storage BLDG B2
----------------------------------------------
As Otacon will notify you of, the once electrified floor
is not electrified
anymore. Well... there's really no reason it would be
because Snake had to
knock the electricity out to proceed, and if he hadn't,
we wouldn't be here
right now.
Anyways, for starters, turn right immediately from
the elevator to enter the
area with the switchboard and the office before it.
Otacon will call on the
Codec to reminisce. After that, you can look for
items, but there isn't much.
The best find is at the far end, where there is a lot of
debris. In the corner
to the right of all the mess, you can find the iPod
song, "Metal Gear 20 Years
History (Part 2). Now just go to the debris and crawl
under the desk to get back
into the hallway. From here, cross to the other side.
Hm, it's quiet, too quiet.
Go into the next passage here. This will take you
down a hallway with many
memories, and an audio flashback will remind you.
There's a ration on the right
in the middle of the hall if you need it. Enter the door
at the end for a scene.
When it's over, you've got to type in the password
that Otacon gave you just
earlier on the 1F via Codec. In case you forgot, it's
48273. You don't need to
remember though, because you can still proceed
without it. Also, there's some
other numbers you can put in for other effects (see
Extras).
After the scene is over, you get control and are
pointed back to the door.
Before you leave though, check this room for items.
Start by going to the area
with the big computers, near the locker. You'll find a
Ration and a Compress,
and you should also trigger another audio flashback.
Keep looking and you can
find, besides ammo, a Regain and some Instant
Noodles. With all of that in
hand, leave the room and go back through the
hallway into the first corridor.
Before you even leave the small room to get back
into that hall, a Gekko will
suddenly crash through the ceiling. Oh jeez. Hide
immediately behind the wall,
and the Gekko will walk forward and then turn down
the corridor, effectively
blocking your exit. There's two ways you can go
about this. You can take the
Gekko on directly, using the proper methods as in the
Enemies section, going
first for the legs until it falls, then the neck, then the
head, each weak point
being visible on the Solid Eye. You can expedite this
process with heavier
firepower (Grenade Launcher anyone?). It can be
tedious however because you
will often want to fire at it while it has its back
turned, then run away and
retreat to the safe room leading back to the office.
Note that if you do that, don't just stay in the first
room, go all the way back
into the hallway. Reason is the Gekko, after chasing
you up to the room, will
toss a grenade in so if you just take refuge in the first
room, you can still
take damage. Also make sure that if you knock it on
its head, finish it off!
Don't just run by it and try to get to the elevator. I did
that once and the
Gekko actually crashed through the doorway and
killed me. Amazing.
The other option which is much easier and also safer,
is to use the Mk. III.
From a safe area, use the Mk. III and guide it across
the hallway to the door
that is blocked off. It's no use to get through there
with Snake, but with the
Mk. III, you'll find it's easy to slip in underneath all
the debris. You can
then pilot it through this area (there's only a Ration
laying around if you're
looking for items) and up to the top right room. There
you should see the
barely functioning control panel. It's the same panel
that Snake busted in MGS1
to deactivate the electric floor. Well, we're gonna
reactivate it. Get close to
it and press Triangle at the prompt. That will destroy
the Gekko easily. Don't
worry after that, the floor will be shut down so it's
safe to cross. With that
taken care of, get back on the elevator and return to
the 1F.
Shadow Moses - Nuclear Warhead Storage BLDG 1F
----------------------------------------------
Drop to the ground and approach the door. With the
power back on it can be
opened. The bad news is it takes time. Even worse
news is that a Gekko somehow
manages to use an elevator and shows up at the
worst possible time. The Gekko
will eventually spot the Mk. III and if that happens
you can't let it be
destroyed or you're not getting through that door.
Again you have a few options
here. You can either take the Gekko on or just keep
luring it around the room.
You can then do that one of two ways, by just
banging on stuff and staying
hidden (avoiding alerts), or just blatantly letting it
see you and running
away, but that may incur some damage on Snake.
It's up to you. Personally, I prefer to take it out,
because if you destroy it,
the door will open immediately. Whereas if you want
to run around and let it
chase you, the door takes a couple minutes to open.
Plus you get some DP for
destroying it. It's also honestly, not all that tough,
and just requires a few
grenades and some assault rifle ammo, probably a
healing item or two as well,
which is nothing if you've been searching for items.
Just fire at the legs with
a few grenades until it goes down, then aim at its
neck with the M4 or other
similar weapon. When the Gekko goes completely
helpless, fire at its head and
that will be that. For an easy method, you can call
upon the high powered sniper
rifle, the M82A2 and it will make mincemeat of the
Gekko. Or, if you're trying
to avoid an alert, you can use the VSS, the silenced
rifle. It won't take many
shots if you hit the weakpoints dead on (thanks to
Batman for these last two
tips).
When you have the door open, go ahead and
proceed to the next area.
Shadow Moses - Snowfield & Communications Tower
-----------------------------------------------
This area has some memories too, but unfortunately
you won't have much time to
reminisce. Go down the ramp and on the right of it,
you can find two packs of
Stun Grenades. In a small building to the left, you
can find a Ration, some
Claymores, and other ammo. Now continue on and
drop down two ledges for a
scene.
You know what's coming, so let's get to it.

[]=====BOSS FIGHT - CRYING
WOLF============================
==================[]
| This fight differs greatly from all the
others. First of all your | can usually get two shots,|
|opponent has a huge advantage over you. Call
Otacon to know the specifics. |
|She can sniff you out, and with the blizzard raging
on, you've got no senses |
|to rely on really. Not only that, this area is the
largest of all the boss |
|fight areas. Luckily, there are a number of ways you
can find to win. | of any incorrect actions |
| Crying Wolf has one primary method of
attack, and that is her Rail Gun|
|which has a sniper function. She tends to try and
track your scent, and if |
|she has a hard time pinpointing it, she'll wander out
in the open and will on|
|occasion stop to poke her head out and look through
the scope. She relies on |
|the FROGs who roam the snowfield to track you
down and when they spot you, |
|Wolf will attack. Besides this however, she also
drops grenades. Also, while |
|tracking you, if you see the camera shifting to her
point of view, this means|
|she has a beat on Snake's location. Eventually she'll
come running and pounce|
|on Snake. She may also go crazy and run around
wildly. Avoiding these attacks|
|is not too hard for the most part.
| grenades from up there, just |
| Now you have a few different ways you
can go about this. Every single |
|strategy calls for taking out the FROGs however. It's
much easier this way. |
|Most of them don't respawn, but some do and Wolf
also calls in more after a |
|certain time, but for a while you can take advantage
of the battlefield more |
|by taking the FROGs out of the picture. Use the
snow and OctoCamo and keep in|
|mind that the Solid Eye can be detected by them so
be careful. Take them out |
|and try to find Crying Wolf. If you listened to Otacon,
the important thing |
|is to stay downwind. Look at the radar without the
Solid Eye on, and you can |
|see the wind direction arrow. Basically, stay in the
direction opposite of |
|the arrow to avoid being found.
| process. The radar will tell you|
| The best way to find Wolf is to stay
downwind and to use two main | howls. Use the Solid Eye and just |
|tools, the Solid Eye (Infrared) and a sniper rifle. A
sniper rifle will let |
|you take out the FROGs without getting too close,
and the Solid Eye gives you|
|some vision in the blizzard. The blizzard will shift in
intensity all | make something explode. |
|throughout the fight, getting so bad that you won't
be able to see anything |
|at all. Use the Solid Eye, and look for Wolf, who can
be seen easily by the |
|cables on her body and if she's sniping, her head
which will be lit up on IR.|
|You can also see the blue marking next to her life
bar. Stay low and get |
|closer and you have some options. The best one is
to snipe her exposed head |
|when she's scoping the area with her Rail Gun. You
|depending on what rifle you're using. If you prefer
however, you can get |
|closer and try the MGL-140. You can get two shots
with the MGL, but the |
|damage is not as great as the sniping option.
|
| If you choose to find her, be very careful
|that might begin the "hunting" sequence which is
from Wolf's point of view. |
|Typically she'll have an easier time finding you if
you're not downwind or |
|if you are not staying camouflaged or give yourself
away by shooting at a |
|FROG or something. If the hunting sequence starts,
try to find cover if you |
|can. If she runs up and pounces, try to get away. If
she knocks you down, get|
|the MGL-140 out and shoot at her from your
backside to avoid another attack. |
| After the first encounter, you can track
her much easier with the IR |
|of the Solid Eye. Follow her very distinguishable
footprints but stay low |
|when you can. This will let you find her faster.
Besides this however, you |
|can also get onto the tower and snipe or launch
|watch out for the FROGs who respawn and might
hear your Solid Eye. |
| Finally, the safest, albeit slower strategy
is to use the truck near |
|the start as your haven. Crawl under and snipe the
FROGs, then wait for Wolf |
|to appear. She usually either prowls around and then
pokes her head out to |
|look out her Rail Gun scope, or she'll come up to the
truck and go nuts when |
|she finds you, dropping two grenades and running
away. The grenades won't do |
|much to you under there. More importantly, Wolf will
usually flee to the side|
|of the tower and expose her head. Get a shot, and if
you have to, crawl out a|
|bit to clear your view. This gives you a great vantage
to headshot her. Then |
|you can just crawl back under and repeat the
|where she's coming from sometimes when she
|wait patiently.
|
| There is a way to speed this process up
however. The cables on Wolf's |
|body can be seen on infrared. Shoot these cables to
|It will not only damage Crying Wolf, but it will also
make her run about and |
|then try to snipe you, revealing her head again,
giving you a chance to shoot|
|her. Take these chances and any others you have,
and this will eventually |
|silence Crying Wolf.
| right. There you'll find the
[]===============================
================================
============[]
Another scene starts up, and at this point, it
shouldn't seem out of the
ordinary what happens. After it's over, you've got one
last fight.
[]=====BOSS FIGHT - CRYING
BEAUTY===========================
=================[]
| Nothing new, right? Again, this is the time
to go item hunting if you |
|want. The area is huge though, be cautious with
Crying Beauty. Like the rest,|
|she will move much faster if you distance yourself
from her too much. On that|
|note, if you go item hunting, it wouldn't be a bad
idea to have Infrared on |
|so you can see her coming easier through the
blizzard. When you're ready, |
|just pop her a few times and then eventually the
fight will end. | though when you get
[]===============================
================================
============[]
For winning, you're rewarded with the Rail Gun. Wow,
that's a big Schwing! o_O.
A scene will take over and when it's done, you can
continue searching if you
wish. There are a few neat things to check out in
particular. From where you are
immediately following the scene, turn around and
move toward the tower. An audio
flashback from MGS1 will play, and it's a memorable
one. Now go left and around
the tower to the second tower. Take the stairs up and
turn around at the top to
go down the walkway just a little to trigger another
one, this one from the boss
fight against Liquid's Hind D. Also, don't forget to
search on the other tower
for the XM28, a grenade launcher. From here, go
down to the trench that is to
the left (or right depending on your perspective) of
the truck. It's that big
trench that's surrounding by fences. Go through here
and you'll get another
famous audio flashback from prior to the first Sniper
Wolf fight, the one
where Meryl was ambushed.
That's not all however. Return to the doorway that
Otacon opened. To the right
is a small passage. Check the map, it's a small cutout
path separate from the
rest of the area. Go down here to find the remains of
the Hind D that Liquid
piloted and Snake took down in MGS1. Getting near it
triggers an audio flashback
relevant to that time. And how funny, near the
wreckage you can find Stinger
ammo. Ha. Grab it and other nearby items and then
return to the doorway that
Otacon opened. As soon as you enter, turn to your
iPod song, "The Best Is Yet To Come". Sweet! After
that, proceed in and you'll
have a quick, albeit funny Codec conversation with
Otacon. Go down the stairs
after that, into the next area.
Shadow Moses - Blast Furnace
----------------------------
If you hated the Tank Hangar, you'll hate this place
too. It's covered by a lot
of Scarabs. Kill one and the place will be swarmed by
them. A Chaff Grenade
solves all problems, and even if you only picked up
one set, you should still
have one left hopefully if you used one before.
Luckily, you can get through
here without one, if you go straight to the exit.
Your objective is to get through here to find the
chamber where REX is. MGS1
fans will know where it is from the Blast Furnace, and
may head to the top
right corner. Otacon will tell you this door is locked
there. Instead, the right door is to the top left, and
it's much easier to go
to that one from the get go, rather than going to the
first one, considering
you have to avoid the Scarabs.
So to get out of here easily, go across the walkway
and hug the wall. On the
left is a Ration if you need one. Go to the right and
hug the wall to slip
across the narrow ledge. If you slip and grab the
ledge, just shimmy over to
the other walkway and you can climb over the railing
with Triangle. Go across
this walkway and then halfway to the wall, hang over
the railing and drop down
to the floor below. Watch out for the Scarab on the
wall above that's scanning
the area. Slip by and around the corner to find the
elevator. Go through and
you're done. Easy right? Yeah....
Shadow Moses - Casting Facility South
-------------------------------------
In the elevator, you'll experience more audio
flashbacks. When the elevator
reaches its destination, the door opposite the one
you entered will open. When
it does, you will probably see a scary sight. Yes, this
area is inhabited by
Gekko. Scarabs too. You now have a very efficient
weapon for killing Gekko
however. The Rail Gun. By holding L1 with the Rail
Gun equipped, you can charge
the shot to 3 levels. The 3rd level is a one hit kill on a
Gekko. You can see
the charge if you use the scope. So, if you don't
wanna be as stealthy, or just
want to make things easier and earn some extra DP,
try hitting the Gekko from
afar with the Rail Gun. You only have one Gekko in
this room so take it out and
scour the place for ammo. You can proceed to the
next room from the left or
right. I prefer the right.
Shadow Moses - Casting Facility North
-------------------------------------
There are three Gekko in here, and if you came in
from the right, the first one
is easily visible. Strangely enough, it's hanging from
the ceiling in the
distance. Gun it down with a fully charged shot from
the Rail Gun to its head.
The others usually come snooping around and wind
up in your sights too, making
them easy picking. As for the Scarabs, they roll
around and a few are on the
walls scanning. The great part is they don't respawn
or call in a million
friends like the others. Hallelujah! Take them out and
then the others on the
other side if you want, then look around for items,
although there's not much.
On the conveyer belt you can find Javelin ammo
though.
When you're ready to proceed, head toward the door
at the top right which should
be right in front of you if you took the right door
earlier. Before leaving, you
can see a big container with a cloth draped over it, to
the right of you. Go
around it to the other side to find the iPod song, "Yell
(Dead Cell)". For some
reason, I always think of Papa Roach's song, "Dead
Cell" when I see that name.
Weird. Anyway, go ahead and proceed through the
door, jump down the ledge and
enter the next area.
Shadow Moses - Underground Base
-------------------------------
Head down the corridor and you'll find a crawlspace.
It will lead you,
amazingly enough, to the area just after the
Warehouse from MGS1. In fact, if
you get close to the door on the right, it will trigger a
relevant audio
flashback. On your left are two trapdoors and a lone
Scarab. Do not, and I
repeat, do not kill this little guy. If you do, about a
dozen of his friends
will show up. Getting through here is no problem
though.
Wait for the Scarab to move to the right. Go ahead
and move up but stay behind
the corner. Wait for the Scarab to hop up the stairs.
Again you can move up,
but the Scarab will turn around and use its search
beam so if you move up to
the walkway, stay low. When it's done it will move to
the end of the walkway,
hop up some more stairs and turn to the left. Wait for
the Scarab to use its
search beam again and run across the walkway and
then turn right and head up
the stairs. Here you'll find some ammo for the Stinger
and RPG-7, as well as
some Instant Noodles. More importantly, you can
wait for the rolling Scarab to
move back down the walkway. Before he does, he
goes toward the stairs you went
up and sits there. When he moves, he'll return to the
starting area, so that's
your chance to go back down and enter the door. Just
watch the search beam of
the Scarab on the wall there. Just wait for a chance to
move, or shoot it down.
Shooting it will summon a horde of Scarabs from the
trap door, but since you're
at the exit, that won't matter at this point. Proceed
through to the next area.
Shadow Moses - Underground Supply Tunnel
----------------------------------------
A few scenes. Finally. We've found REX. Otacon will
attempt to get it up and
running again, but then company shows up. Time for
a fight.
[]=====BOSS FIGHT -
VAMP============================
=========================[]
| The fight against Vamp is slightly similar
to the first time you faced|
|him (if you did) in MGS2. He still has keen acrobatic
skill, jumping around |
|and showing off fancy footwork. He will still throw
knives. Luckily that move|
|where he could hold you in place by throwing a knife
at your shadow hasn't |
|returned. Vamp will for the most part jump around
the place like a kangaroo, |
|then eventually come running at you and attack.
This attack, and nearly most |
|of his knives can be dodged easily. Since you'll be
undoubtedly aiming at |
|him, you can use Snake's roll move to dodge most of
his attacks in the nick |
|of time. Use the roll when he gets close to you.
|
| Any weapon with automatic fire is good
here. Vamp takes a lot of hits.|
|Even headshots with sniper rifles won't do a whole
lot of damage and he's not|
|very susceptible to grenades. An assault rifle or
machine gun is the best way|
|to go. Note however, that you can knock him down
with a sniper rifle shot. |
|Otherwise, just keep shooting him as he slowly loses
life and avoid his |
|attacks. Also keep the radar on, in case you lose
track of him behind debris.|
|Also beware of a combo he might do with his knives,
throwing many in a row. |
| Bring his health down and you'll
eventually win. Wait... oh, **** me |
|o_O. Vamp gets right back up and regenerates his
health completely. Keep |
|fighting and you'll be able to bring his health down
to nothing with just a |
|few rounds of any weapon. However, still, he will
regenerate. You can easily |
|figure it out if you just keep killing him and if you
wanna learn the hint |
|without being told it directly, just do this. Use the
area to your advantage |
|and hide from Vamp. He'll say "Where are you?" and
"Vanished." Try to find |
|him with your sniper rifle without giving away your
position. When searching |
|for you, he moves very slowly so getting a headshot
is easy, and that's all |
|it takes to bring his health down. Again, this is just
an easy way to kill |
|him quickly, to expedite the hint being revealed to
you. If you want to know |
|right now, just read the next paragraph.
| the AT missiles, they
| Vamp will hint it to you, "As long as these
nanomachines run through |
|my veins...". If you're playing on a lower difficulty,
Otacon will just spoon|
|feed it to you. It's the syringe. You need the syringe
to suppress Vamp's |
|nanomachines, which removes his rapid healing
ability. Using it is not easy |
|though. Equip the Syringe and grab him with CQC,
but be careful of his fast |
|melee moves. Grab him and then press Triangle to
finish this fight. | ------------------------
[]===============================
================================
============[]
A scene plays. The Suicide Gekko show up and now
you've got to deal with them.
Use the Rail Gun and wipe them out. They come from
the shafts on the walls and
from the ceiling. Just used fully charged Rail Gun
shots and take them out from
the distance with the scope. Always sweep the room
from left to right and take
out any you see. If they get close to you, they'll
activate their detonation
sequences, and if that succeeds, you're done for.
Stop them before that
happens. If you run out of Rail Gun ammo, purchase
more from Drebin. Keep
firing until the battle on the right ends.
After a scene, REX is up and running again. It's time
to escape this place
before it's too late. A new sequence begins, and boy
is it a doozy.
You'll be piloting Metal Gear REX and you've got to
escape through the tunnel.
The timer at the top counts down so you've got to
escape before that. It's not
hard as long as you don't stand still for prolonged
periods of time too much.
The tunnel is guarded by hordes of Gekkos. REX's
firepower is able to rip them
apart, and you can read the controls in the Briefing.
REX has three armaments,
the vulcan guns, the laser, and the anti-tank missiles.
The two you'll want to
use for this sequence are the vulcan guns and the AT
missiles. The laser is
helpful but it's firing time is short and it takes a while
to charge to full
power. The vulcan gun however can easily dispatch
these Gekko. Use the AT
missiles to try and clear a large crowd.
Continue down the tunnel and always watch out for
Gekko. Try not to leave any
alive but also try not to stand around too long. If you
pass the Gekko without
killing them, you'll lose health quicker. Always check
the platforms on the
sides of the rooms for other Gekko and shoot them
down with the vulcans. If
you keep the vulcans firing too long, they'll overheat,
forcing you to wait a
few seconds, so it's best to fire in bursts. If you spam
need to reload too.
When you get far enough or take enough damage,
Raiden will jump out and cover
you. Start moving more a little quicker and continue
to blast away the Gekko.
It shouldn't pose too much of a threat but watch the
damage and don't just rush
through them. Eventually you'll escape.
Shadow Moses - Port Area
A cutscene takes over. When it's done, you've got yet
another boss fight to
tackle.
[]=====BOSS FIGHT - METAL GEAR
RAY==============================
=============[]
| This is a fun fight. RAY was originally
designed to obliterate REX and|
|other Metal Gear brethren but REX holds an
advantage in this fight. RAY holds|
|similar attacks to REX: a machine gun, missiles, and
its own laser, called |
|the Water Cutter. Liquid only attacks with RAY when
you let him, so if you |
|can keep attacking him, you effectively limit more
than half of his attacks. |
| RAY will use the area to its advantage,
hiding behind the various |
|structures. Always keep track of it and keep firing
your vulcans or use the |
|AT missiles. This is also a great time to try and fully
charge the Laser. It |
|can deal a nice piece of damage to RAY. You also
have at your disposal, some |
|special attacks unleashed by using Triangle in
certain situations. The first |
|is when you get close to Ray, either when in close
quarters as it tries to |
|ram you, or when you've stunned it. When RAY tries
to ram you, it will also |
|attempt to use its own special attack. If you fail to
press Triangle at the |
|correct moment, you'll sustain damage. Get it right,
and REX will grab RAY |
|with its beak and fire the Laser. You can also do it by
stunning RAY and |
|getting close. Stun RAY with some vulcan rounds,
and get closer by using X to|
|dash. |
| RAY will jump on the warehouse
sometimes, as well as dive into the |
|water. If it does the latter, it always resurfaces in the
same place. RAY's |
|missiles are easily defeated by using your vulcans to entire run), now is the time to spend that hard
shoot them down. Keep | earned DP. Unfortunately, you
|attacking and you can easily reduce the amount of can't stack this bonus together with the 20% off on
damage you'll take, while | Wednesday/Sunday bonus.
|depleting RAY's. Oh well. If you do decide to buy, I recommend the
| Mosin Nagant as one of your
| You can also perform a few more special purchases. It will be very useful on your No Kill/Alert
attacks, one by bringing RAY | playthrough.
|down completely, which is more than a stun. Do this
by hitting it with a | This area consists of FROGs and Gekkos. Getting by
|barrage of AT missiles, or use a heavily charged here without an alert is
Laser attack. RAY falls down| basically the only way to get through it at all. The
|and if you get close and press Triangle fast enough, Alert phase is extremely
REX jumps on its back | hard to lift once you've been spotted. My friend once
|and sweeps the Laser on it. complained that it was
| nearly impossible to accomplish this, when in fact,
| When you bring RAY's health down, Liquid it's rather easy.
will become more aggressive. |
|He'll come after you directly and try to ram you. The first thing you need is the Mk. 2. Ironically
Keep him at bay with your | enough, it's the most
|weapons. You can also fight fire with fire by trying to effective weapon here. Anything else threatens to
ram him with X. This | give your position away. With
|also lets you do another special attack. Follow up the Mk. 2 you can put down all the FROGs with ease.
the ramming attack with |
|Triangle to unleash a nice missile attack. An When you start, move to your left and lay down,
alternate strategy is to just | letting OctoCamo take over. You
|spamming X and keep tackling. It might work. will see two FROGs show up in front of you. Take aim
| at their heads with the
| Keep Liquid at bay and unleash hell to win Mk. 2 and tranquilize them both. Get up and move
this fight. | past their bodies, then lay
[]=============================== low again. Crawl forward a bit and two more FROGs
================================ will appear at the end of the
============[] path. Either tranquilize them both or let them pass,
but be careful if you let
Three scenes will play. After they're all over, you can them go, not to get spotted by one of them up
give a fond farewell to ahead. Move up and past the two
Act 4. crates, there will be two more FROGs, one nearby.
Take her down and the other
There's a briefing for Act 5, and you can control the should hopefully notice and come over to check. Get
Mk. III, but in a very her as well and now you can
limited scale. You can only move its head which move up. Continue to favor the left wall.
moves the projection, so there
is not much point. After that, Act 5 begins. Up ahead, you may see another FROG. Tranquilize
her if you can, otherwise let
her go around the big pillar. Don't follow her because
_____ ___ in that main area is
_______________________________________ where the Gekkos are and you'll probably see one.
(, / | / / Stay to the left near all the
/---| _ _/_ /__ / OLD SUN crates and pillars. Eventually you should see a really
) / |_(__(__ ____) / (act5) big pillar and a stack
(_/ / of two crates near it. There's a space created
/ between them that you can just
________________________/ slip through by hugging the pillar with Triangle. Go
through this way, then on
After the scene, you'll begin the last chapter of this the other side, get low again and crawl forward,
amazing game. You start staying left and avoiding the
off at... sights of the Gekko. Move up and you will eventually
see two more FROGs appear.
Outer Haven - Ship Bow Continue to stay low and shoot them both from afar
---------------------- with the Mk. 2. Now move to
Before actually beginning, I'd like to note that during the area right behind where they were and turn right.
this Act, and only Make sure you're as far
this Act, Drebin's prices in his shop are totally back as you can get before you turn.
slashed. Half off everything!
Wow. This makes some pickups extremely affordable. Here you'll see another Gekko drop in. Just stay still
If you've not been spending and wait. Eventually the
much and buying a lot of new weapons (I only bought blasts from the Missouri will destroy it. Now's your
about 3-4 throughout this chance. Move up and stick
to the left, using the crates to help you avoid
detection from the other Gekko.
Just let the other Gekko turn around and go the other
way and then approach the
door there. Tap Triangle repeatedly to open it, then
head inside. You'll find a
Ration with some ammo. Grab the stuff then enter
the elevator. Another audio
flashback takes place, but it's a recent one, not from
other games. When it's
over, enter the next room and grab the ammo on the
left and right. Head through
the next door for a scene.
Outer Haven - Command Center
----------------------------
This next part is kind of annoying. The FROGs can be
real bitches here. Use the
computer desk areas as cover and find the FROGs in
the surrounding areas and
kill them all. The M4 or other assault rifle is good, but
you may want to use a
machinegun for the extra ammo, to reduce reload
time. The MGL-140 and a sniper
rifle also help. Take them all out and if you're getting
shot at too much, you
might have a FROG sneaking up on you.
When you clear the first wave, use a healing item if
necessary. The next wave
will come out from above you on that walkway. I like
the sniper rifle here so
use the DSR-1, SVD, or whatever. Snipe them all
easily. Some may drop down to
the ground and so take them out with the rifle or
switch back to your other
weapons. Watch out for the FROGs grenades as well.
Take out the last wave and the true fight begins after
a cutscene.
[]=====BOSS FIGHT - SCREAMING
MANTIS===========================
==============[]
| Mantis is also different than the other
members of the B&B Corps. She |
|doesn't really do much fighting on her own, and
instead controls others to do|
|the fighting, using her puppet dolls. At the start of
the fight, she'll have |
|control over Meryl (seem familiar?) and the dead
FROGs. You need to shoot |
|Meryl with the Mk. 2, but you can't for some reason.
You also can't aim at |
|Mantis either. The solution may not seem very clear,
but it's an easy one. |
|Select the syringe and use it from the Item menu by
holding L2. This will |
|free Snake from Mantis' control, allowing you to
finally shoot things. | BEAUTY===========================
| Now your goal is to defeat Mantis, but you
can't do it by shooting her|
|directly. Instead you have to aim for one of her dolls.
At the same time you |
|have to protect Meryl and Akiba. If either of them
die, you'll lose. It's not|
|hard though. Just use the Mk. 2 to put Meryl down
every time Mantis controls |
|her. As for Akiba, he's out cold the whole fight, and
the only way he dies is|
|if you damage him. Aside from shooting him
intentionally (why would you do |
|that?), avoid using grenades and the like near his
body. |
| Mantis' only attack is kinda cool actually.
She'll disappear and then |
|reappear a few times and get close to you, then
attack quickly. Just move to |
|avoid it. She'll also have Meryl and the FROGs shoot
you. The FROGs can be |
|tough to deal with if they all shoot at you, so take
some down or use cover. |
| As for Mantis, take aim at the doll on the
left, aka, the one dangling|
|from her right arm. It's a Psycho Mantis doll and it
glows orange. The other |
|is doll of The Sorrow, but it's useless in helping you
defeat her. Just shoot|
|at the orange doll. Mantis will fly away and then
attack or use her minions |
|to attack. Keep shooting the doll and its strings will
snap one by one. Keep |
|an eye on your health, especially if the puppet
FROGs gang up on you. Also |
|keep Meryl sedated. Eventually Mantis will pull a
very familiar trick and try|
|to make Meryl shoot herself. Just tranquilize her
quick and then go back to |
|Mantis. Just be careful when aiming at her doll,
Mantis may try and use the |
|bodies, including Meryl's to block your shot. Shoot
when safe until it drops.|
| Find the doll and grab it. It will now be a
permanent addition to your|
|weapons. If you want, do the same thing and make
her drop The Sorrow doll. It|
|can't be used to win this fight, but you can still use it
in the future so |
|shoot it down if you want. Either way, we're gonna
use the Psycho Mantis doll|
|now. Equip it immediately and aim it at Screaming
Mantis. Fire and if you can|
|connect, you'll be able to control her. Now use the
six-axis by holding L1 |
|and tilting the controller toward you a few times. Do
this until Mantis loses|
|all of her health, and that ends the fight handily.
|
[]===============================
================================
============[]
Screaming Mantis sheds her armor. You should know
what's coming by now. Get
ready for the last fight with the Beauties.
[]=====BOSS FIGHT - SCREAMING
==============[]
| Nothing new here either. Just avoid her as
usual and keep firing with |
|whatever you got. Automatics are, again, a sound
choice since they can hit |
|repeatedly. Meryl and Akiba are conspicuously
absent so you don't have to |
|worry about them. Just focus on the Beauty and take
her down. |
[]===============================
================================
============[]
Man, her scream is lame. Anyways, watch the scene
and after it's done, you'll
be in for a treat.
A few more scenes will play. When it's over you'll be
in...
Outer Haven - Missile Hangar
----------------------------
You'll pass through 5 rooms, each with a long
walkway. As you move through each
one, a recent audio flashback will play. At the 5th
room, Snake will move
automatically to the door, then a cutscene will start.
When it ends, Snake will be in the 6th room, but now
he won't be alone. Scarabs
are here and they want to play. In fact, the next are
filled with these guys.
Not only that, they respawn endlessly. Sounds
annoying, I know, but it can turn
into a profit for you.
You can comb the first corridors and just keep killing
the Scarabs (more on
this in Extras) and sweeping the walkways
continually. The kills against the
Scarabs get you unmanned kill bonuses, and their
drops will also give DP.
Honestly, I would expect a lot of people to avoid this
the first time through.
Most players would probably be more fixated on
finishing the game. Keep this in
mind though. If you're just looking to break through,
clear the path ahead of
Snake of Scarabs, using a machinegun or something
like the MGL-140. The Rail Gun
can also help, and apparently the electric field
generated by the Rail Gun, can
give Snake a temporary shield (thanks to EW for
this). Alternative, a Chaff
Grenade or two solves all problems and lets you
effortlessly run by.
You don't have to use weapons though. Just run
forward and execute a roll when
you get near the Scarabs, and Snake will easily get
over them and also avoid
damage. You can just keep rolling and never take any
damage at all. I will
admit though that this trick seems easier to do on
lower difficulties. Instead,
you can use the trusty old Drum Can (thanks to gsp),
and you will be able to
get past them easily by using it to roll.
After a scene (and a good one at that), you'll enter
the Microwave corridor. Be
sure you're fully prepared because you can't pause in
the middle of this part.
When it begins, you can move Snake forward with
the left stick. There's three
corridors until the door and it seems like it won't be
too hard at first, but
before the end of the first one, Snake will get zapped,
then again when he
passes into the second corridor. This will put him on
his knees and force you,
the player, to mash Triangle the rest of the way.
While crawling, avoid the
prods on the sides of the corridors at all costs,
because if you get too close
they can indeed kill you. Just keep straight as you
can and continue to pound
that Triangle button.
Meanwhile, you can see all the action going on in the
screen above, as all the
members of your team struggle just to stay alive. It's
getting scary for all of
them. Keep moving forward, and you'll have to keep
that Triangle button going.
If your hand or finger gets tired, switch to the other
one, if only for a few
seconds to give your main tapping hand rest. Just
keep going and you should be
able to make it through.
Another dramatic scene takes over, followed by some
others. Snake will be
laying on his back on Outer Haven as Otacon goes to
seek a medic. That's when a
familiar face shows up. Another intense scene
begins.
After a while, you'll gain control. Now it's time for the
final showdown!
[]=====BOSS FIGHT -
LIQUID============================
=======================[]
| This is a pure, no holds barred fist fight.
All you've got to aid you |
|here are your two fists. Liquid will unleash a quick
combo, and a kick move. |
|He will also use a running head butt, much like
Liquid would in MGS1. You can|
|often prevent this attack by keeping him peppered
with your own attacks. |
| Use R1 to unleash a quick combo. L1 will
be your block button. Use X |
|plus the Left Analog Stick to dodge/dash in a
direction. You can use this to |
|get closer to Liquid, or to just dodge his attacks. You
can also follow up |
|the dash by pressing R1 right after, to unleash
Snake's gut punch. Last, but |
|certainly not least, you have Snake's trusty CQC
moves. Hold R1 when you're |
|near Liquid to use a grapple move with CQC.
|
| The important thing is to vary your
attacks with the blocking button. |
|If you can dish out more damage and then block
Liquid's attacks, you'll be |
|off to a good start. If Liquid knocks you down, press
Triangle to get up the |
|first time. If you get knocked down after that, you
can get up faster, and |
|Liquid will often use a taunt. If you can, you might
be able to get up, dash,|
|and gut punch him before he can react. Use these |Keep using these moves and hit the appropriate
and other tactics to deplete| prompts when attacking or |
|Liquid's health. When it gets to about half, |being attacked. The fight eventually shifts into its
something will change. | final phase. |
|=====PHASE TWO - LIQUID |=====PHASE FOUR -
OCELOT=========================== OCELOT===========================
====================| ==========================|
| For the most part, his moves will not have | The CQC is gone. In fact, just about every
changed a terrible amount. | mechanic of this fight has |
|His head butt however is changed to a windup |been abandoned, sans movement and punching.
punch that actually hurts a lot.| Stagger forward and get near |
|Avoid it when you can by using dodge and just not |Ocelot. Press R1 and it will start a rather cinematic
being too close to begin | punch attack. When the |
|with. He advertises it well but it's still not that easy |action pauses again, stay close and deliver another
to dodge sometimes. | punch. Ocelot will also |
|If you can't dodge, just block it. Blocking it will at the |attack you in the same manner if you let him, so
least, reduce the | don't let him get too many |
|damage inflicted by the attack. |hits in. |
| | It will only take a few of these dramatic
| Keep attacking and blocking. Dodging his punches to bring Ocelot |
windup punch is critical. Too| |down. Continue the attacks and eventually, the fight
|many hits from that can easily turn this fight sour. will end. |
Any time you manage to | []===============================
|dodge it, counter with a gut punch, then follow that ================================
up with a combo of R1. | ============[]
|Continue attacking, and after his health is a little
more than halfway gone, | Watch the following scenes. A lot of things will
|yet another change will occur. happen and the last few scenes
| will easily drain close to an hour out of your life, but
|=====PHASE THREE - damn if it isn't some
OCELOT=========================== gripping stuff! After that, the credits roll. Congrats,
=========================| you've beaten the game!
| This is Ocelot as he was in MGS3. He
knows CQC well after picking it |
|up from Big Boss. Close encounters with him now
will usually wind up in a |
_________________________________________
|grapple from Ocelot. You can still perform your
/ Big Boss Emblem Walkthrough (bbew) \
combo attacks, but CQC grabs |
--/ \-----------------------------
|will start to dominate this part of the fight now.
|
| If Ocelot grabs you and starts to choke
Foreword
you, toggle the Left Analog |
--------
|Stick as prompted to break free. Follow it with
There's not much to say. I know why you're here. You
Triangle to knock him down. |
want to take on the
|When Ocelot is on the ground after this, quickly
toughest challenge that Metal Gear Solid 4 has to
press R1 when prompted to |
offer. The Big Boss Emblem is
|deliver a punch to him. Don't miss that chance. He
no easy feat to achieve. With this guide, I will hope to
may also grab you and a |
provide some tips and
|Triangle prompt will appear first. Press it to knock
knowledge that will help folks get through this
him away. |
quicker, easier, and most
| You're not defenseless in this CQC brawl
importantly, with less frustration. I'll just say now,
though. Strike back with some|
that this guide might not
|CQC of your own (remember to hold R1). There's a
be perfect in its first iteration, because there are
few kinds and the prompts |
definitely quicker ways to
|will differ depending on which one occurs. My
do many parts, and in a quest like this, where every
personal favorite is when Snake|
second counts, even a
|grapples him and the Triangle prompt appears,
simple change that saves 10 seconds is big. I'll be
which will let you get Ocelot |
looking to improve it when
|on the ground. You can begin hitting R1 repeatedly
I can but for now, the guide will suffice in getting you
to punch him many times |
through and meeting all
|until a Triangle prompt appears again. Hitting
the requirements.
Triangle there does a very |
|nice attack, to which Ocelot replies, "Splendid,
The Requirements
brother!" Another is to try |
----------------
|a grapple when you're standing near one of the
All of the following criteria must be met in order to
three pillars on the top of |
nab that Big Boss Emblem
|the ship. Hold R1 when you're near these and you
at the end of the game. There are as follows:
get a different grapple. |
-Game must be completed on The Boss Extreme
difficulty
-Game must be completed in under 5 hours
-There can be no kills earned
-There can be no alerts earned
-No healing items must be used
-You cannot use a continue
-You cannot use Special items (Bandanna, Stealth)
Yeah, it's a tall order, but we can do it. The biggest
concerns are the alerts
and the time limit. 5 hours may sound like a lot of
time, and it is, but you
always want to practice getting through areas faster
than you can. If something
happens and you need to spend an extra 10-15
seconds in an area than you might
normally have had to, ok, no big deal. You'll have the
leeway to expend these
small intervals, but do not make it a habit because all
of it will add up in the
end and it could hurt you.
Before You Begin
----------------
There are a few things you can do to prepare first,
and it would be in your best
interest to do so. First and foremost, you need to
have The Boss Extreme
difficulty unlocked. Kinda hard to do this without it.
Simply put, just beat the
game on any other difficulty to unlock it. Outside of
that however, you should
come in with the Middle Eastern Rebel Disguise, a
FaceCamo that isn't one of
Snake's faces, and Chaff Grenades. I put these as
prerequisites. Another is
optional, but still highly recommended. That is the
Solar Gun. I'll go over how
to get them all next.
Middle Eastern Rebel Disguise
-Where Found: Act 1 - Militia Safehouse
-Location: After the room where the two rebels are
inspecting the damaged wing
of the flying enemy. Go down the hall and enter the
right corridor to find a
room with a bunch of lockers and an RPG-7 lying on
the ground. The disguise is
in one of the lockers.
FaceCamo
-Where Found: Act 1, 2, 3, 4 Mission Briefings, other,
etc
-Location: It's up to you how you want to do this.
Head to the FaceCamo (fccm)
section under Unlockables for more details. Having a
FaceCamo that isn't one of
Snake's faces will help you in Act 3.
Chaff Grenades
-Where Found: Acts 2, 3, and 4
-Location: Confinement Facility (Act 2), Marketplace
(Act 2), Midtown Central
Sector (Act 3), Heliport (Act 4). In the Confinement
Facility, it's in a small
closet in the main facility. At the Marketplace, you
can find them in the very
last stall on the left, before the exit (guarded by a
Gekko). In the sewers of
Midtown Central Sector, find a ladder leading up, and
they will be in the corner
near there. At the Heliport, they're found on the
helipad. Collect as many of
these beforehand as you can. The only ones you can
really get without going out
of your way (and thus using up more time) during the
BBE are the ones in the
Marketplace and the ones on the Heliport. Try to have
6 Chaff Grenades at the
very least before you start.
Solar Gun
-How to Obtain: To get the Solar Gun, you need to
beat the game having all five
of the boss Statues. What are those you ask? Well, in
short, you can find them
after you have defeated the FROGs in Act 1 and each
of the B&B Corps' Beast
forms by non-lethal means. This means blue
weapons. After that, you can find the
statue laying around in the immediate area. For the
B&B Corps, it's important to
note that with the exception of Crying Wolf, you have
to grab the statue during
the Beauty form, or else you'll miss it. Get all five and
you'll earn the Solar
Gun when you beat the game. For much more
information and strategies, head to
the non-lethal boss strategies.
Besides these though, there are a multitude of other
weapons you'll be using in
the game to help you get by. The main weapon you'll
be using is the Mk. 2, and
85% of the time, you can get by with it, so I'm not
making these other weapons
requirements although a few (and I'll list which after)
I strongly recommend.
The weapons you'll see being used in this guide
include:
List of Non-lethal weapons used for general
purposes:
-Mosin Nagant
-M870 (V-Ring ammo)
-Twin Barrel (V-Ring ammo)
-Stun Grenades
-MGL-140 (Stun Grenade ammo)
List of Lethal weapons used for Beast forms of B&B
Corps and Unmanned enemies:
-Rail Gun (Used against all B&B members and
Gekkos)
-M82A2 (backup for the Rail Gun)
-P90 (Raven's minions during the Bike Chase)
So obviously, if you've played through the game a
couple times, you should try
and get a few of these weapons to help you with this.
All of them are easy to
get. Most are either bought from Drebin or can be
found along the way, or are
dropped by bosses. You'll definitely have the Rail
Gun, so we won't worry about
that, but some others I really suggest you have are
the M82A2, Twin Barrel, and
some Stun Grenades. Stun Grenades are easy to find
and you can buy them before
you start your BBE. The Twin Barrel can be found in
the beginning of Act 2, at
the Cove Valley Village area. From where you start on
the hill, there are two
buildings next to Snake. The Twin Barrel is in the right
building, which is also
the location of the South American Rebel Disguise,
which you can get, but you
won't need. The M82A2 you can buy from Drebin.
General Tips
------------
This thing is hard. Let's just get that out of the way.
Getting BBE is not an
easy task for your average and even above average
gamer. Here are a few tips to
help you get by in some general situations.
1. First and foremost, do NOT get overly stressed out.
I get really frustrated
sometimes when I'm trying to do something in a
game that seems utterly
impossible. Going for the BBE is just one of those
things and you owe it to
yourself not to get bent out of shape over it.
2. Save. Save. Save. Every time you reach a new
area, save your game. I can't
emphasize this enough. You'll save yourself a lot of
frustration. There are many
parts of this run that will literally take you hours of
trial and error to beat.
When you finally do get it right, you don't want to
just mess it up 5 minutes
later and have to do it all over again do you? Save.
Always save.
3. Don't fumble around in the pause menu. You don't
need to. The only time you
should go there is to save your game. The other
exception is when fighting the
bosses when you need to switch for a better weapon.
4. Be very cautious. In Extreme, the enemy's senses
are heightened to superhero
level. They can hear you coming easily, they can see
you from a mile away. You
have to adjust to this and always be careful. Make
sure nobody is watching you
and get used to moving very slowly when sneaking
up on an enemy. If you're one
of those with unsteady hands, you might be in
trouble. You always need to be
tilting the Left Analog Stick slightly enough to move
slowly. If you twitch and
make Snake move any faster, boom, you're caught.
5. Get used to using weapons/items you may not
have used much before. In
particular, the Stun Knife and the Mk. II. The Stun
Knife is sometimes a better
alternative than the Mk. 2, and the Mk. II is
sometimes better to use without
getting directly involved. When you can avoid it
though, don't use the Mk. II,
since it always takes a few seconds to deploy, and
then further time for Snake
to get to the area that you're using it to clear out.
6. Learn to be a good marksman. A lot of guides and
videos I've watched seem to
advocate taking more enemies than I or my friend
deem necessary. Since Mk. 2
ammo is scarce and you can't buy any from Drebin
(yes, I'll repeat that; you
CAN'T buy any), I like to avoid firing when possible,
unless it will save a lot
of time to do so. In the situations that you need to
fire, you want to be dead
on with your shots. Always make sure at the very
least, you get the enemy's
upper body. Since on Extreme, it takes longer for the
enemy to succumb to the
anesthetic, you should fire two shots to bring them
down quick. This is unless
of course, you get a headshot, which should be what
you attempt most of the time
when possible.
7. Sleep vs. Stun: Ammo conservation. A somewhat
continued point of #6. You want
to avoid Caution phases when it's possible. Putting
enemies to sleep (assuming
the first shot doesn't make them go "huh?!" or "We're
under attack!" will mean
that when they do wake up, they will think nothing of
it and just assume they
nodded off. If they did get spooked before falling
asleep or if you use stun
methods (such as CQC or the Mk. II, etc), the enemy
will wake up and call for
backup immediately. So my point is that although
you want to conserve ammo, you
might want to use tranquilizers to avoid later trouble.
8. Timing is everything. Sometimes, I will do
"running" sequences, where we just
want to get through an area by moving as fast as
possible. Certain factors like
where guards will be and so forth are contingent on
you running full speed, not
crouching or anything like that when I say so,
otherwise things can fall out of
flux and you may run into an enemy at the wrong
time. I'll try to be as specific
as I can in my directions.
9. Avoid Caution phases as much as possible. This
somewhat goes along with
number 6. Caution phases will make your life a living
hell because the PMCs
come out in swarms and sometimes they just so
happen to be coming too close to
you and bam, you're found. Cautions can be tough to
avoid sometimes because
enemies stay incapacitated for very short intervals
on Extreme. So, if you
avoid having to tranquilize guards all together, you
save yourself some stress.
If you do tranquilize enemies, try to move out of the
area fast enough that a
Caution phase will not ruin it for you.
10. Do not waste time hiding bodies. There is
absolutely no need for it. I know
this contradicts number 9's "avoid Caution" idea, but
you'd be better off
spending that time trying to get through the area in a
faster way. Don't hide
bodies unless you really need to.
11. Make extra saves. Definitely do this. For starters,
after you load your
completed game file to start on Extreme, the first
save you should make should
be in a separate slot, NOT overwriting your old one.
Do this because so that in
the worst case scenario, say you just really, honest to
God, cannot beat the
BBE. If you wind up with a save file in the middle of
the damn thing, you can't
go back to play the game with all your old stuff, so
you'd have to start a new
file and get everything over again! Then, on top of
that, while you're going
through, it's a good idea to make separate files for
tricky parts and always
have a safety net in case you mess up and get a kill
and accidentally save it
or something. Saving takes a few seconds so a good
idea is to make a separate
save file when you're roughly halfway through each
act.
Beating the Clock
-----------------
One of the tougher parts of this challenge is meeting
the 5 hour requirement.
I'll address here what counts as time and therefore
what you should do to save
it. As I mentioned before, you can afford in this
expedition to take a little
extra time here and there, but don't let all the extra
seconds add up too much.
If you save time in small bunches of seconds every
so often, suddenly you're
shaving a minute or two or three off your time.
*-More on 5A-*
It has been confirmed that the clock does actually
run during Act installs.
You can shave about 5 minutes off you total time if
you know how to get around
this. The trick is to always save your game when
asked to at the end of each
Act. Do so and then when the act is installed, exit the
game and then reload
your save. It will reload the save to the beginning of
the next act again, but
it will have already been installed so you can just
pick up and go (thanks to
crimsonriver for the tip).
When the clock isn't running:
1. When an area is loading.
It was previously thought by myself and other people
that holding the PS button
down to get to the options menu would stop the
clock. This is apparently not
true. Whether this was the case before and a
firmware update changed this, or
if it has always been the case, I am not certain. Just
know that this does not
stop the clock at all! (thanks to a few people for this).
So just to summarize, skip cutscenes and so forth
and just don't let the "Press
Start Button" message stay there for like a half hour.
I did that once
accidentally and wondered why my time was like an
extra half hour than it should
have been. Bleh. The install for each act takes 2
minutes, and you might be
compelled to go grab a drink or a snack. That's fine,
just don't leave the game
unattended! The clock isn't running during the install,
but once it's done, it
starts up again. Once you can hit Start, hit it!

When the clock runs: _________________

/ Walkthrough \
1. During general gameplay --/ \---------------------------------
2. While on the pause menu and any submenus
3. During cutscenes
4. Any time an area is done loading Without further ado, let's get started shall we? Skip
5. During and after installs all of the cutscenes in
6. During codec calls the beginning and get right to the action. Let's go.
7. During the two Credits sequences

Solutions:
_ _ _
1A. Get through areas faster (this is what the / \ ___| |_ / |
walkthrough is for!) / _ \ / __| __| | |
2A. Cut down the time you spend on the pause _________________________________
menu, in Weapon and Item menus / ___ \ (__| |_ | | __________/ LIQUID SUN Big Boss
3A. Skip all cutscenes Emblem \_____
4A. When the "Press Start Button" message appears, /_/ \_\___|\__| |_| / (bbe1)
hit it right away \_________________________________/
5A. Always press start when "PRESS START BUTTON" ______________________/
appears (also read next part)
6A. Skip codec calls Skip the opening scenes and whatnot. Time to get
7A. Have a cushion of more than 15 minutes before this train rolling.
you beat the final boss
Middle East - Ground Zero
-------------------------
Alright, once you have control, move immediately to
the left. Ignore the Ration
tucked away under the truck; you do not need it
because you can't use healing
items anyway. Unless you want to appease the rebels
(which I won't be doing in
this guide anyway), don't waste time getting it. Crawl
under the left truck for
a scene. Skip it.
After that, grab the AK-102 and move down the street
for the next scene. After
that, move left and go up the stairs. On the second
floor, roll out of the hole
in the wall. Now turn right and go onto the main
street. The Gekko will see you
most likely, but it won't alert you so just keep
moving. Charge down the main
street all the way toward the end. Watch out for the
other incoming Gekko by
staying to the right. Quickly slip under the archway
to start the next scene.
Skip it and we'll move on to the next area. Save your
game.
Middle East - Red Zone NW Sector
--------------------------------
Ok, here's your first challenge. Immediately turn the
corner and then duck into
the opening on the right. Run full speed through this
area to the next room. You
will get the scene of the APC rolling up and the PMCs
piling out (get used to
seeing this scene a lot unless you get through here
on your first few tries).
Enter the crawlspace quickly and get to the other
side. The PMCs and Rebels will
start shooting it out. Now you can go about this next
part one of two ways. The
quick way which is only to save time, is more risky.
The safer way is of course,
less risky, but will cost you an extra few seconds.
The problem here is two PMCs on your left in the
street who will run up to the
damaged car. Your destination is the opening directly
near that car. If you
crawl up to it immediately after leaving the
crawlspace, the enemies will see
you, but if you OctoCamo activated, they will only be
confused. Keep moving and
enter the doorway, continuing to crawl until you get
around the next corner. At
that point, keep moving. The PMC that saw you will
come inside to investigate
but shouldn't follow you around the corner.
The other way is, from the crawlspace, lay flat for a
while and wait for the two
PMCs to move up. When they are visible, start
moving and you can get to the side
of the car and then in the doorway. Problem is, a third
PMC will see you, so
crawl inside quickly and then get around that corner
with the crates.
Do NOT stand up here, to your left is a small room
and a window, and PMCs will
be looking inside. Keep OctoCamo on and crawl
through. Watch out for the body
here, because getting too close will cause Snake to
get up. Crawl forward to get
to the big pile of rubble in front of you. Crawl
underneath and then you'll see
the rebel get killed by the PMC. Stay still and watch.
He'll signal for his
other PMC friend to move up. They'll both start
moving. Wait a second or two,
then get out and crouch. Easy on that Analog Stick
friend, move slowly so they
won't hear you. I mean that, move slowly and sneak
up on them.
Again, you can make a choice here. I find the best
way to take care of this is
to wait until the right PMC starts to veer toward the
doorway. Take out your
Stun Knife and shock the left PMC to knock him out.
After that, SLOWLY catch up
with the other PMC and use some CQC to knock him
out fast. After that, proceed
down the alley. Move slowly and get up to the crates.
Remember that the PMCs can
hear you easily, so do not jump the gun. Wait for
them to start moving to the
left and let them get a good head start. You don't
want to blow it here. Wait
for them to move and then very slowly, while
crouching, move out. If for some
reason there is a PMC moving to the right, wait for
him too and then just knock
him out with CQC. When the coast is clear, get to the
container and then run for
the door. You're done. Save your game immediately.
Middle East - Red Zone
----------------------
I found this area to be less annoying. From the start,
move to the right and
enter the building here. Quickly run up to the open
doorway here but do not go
through it; go behind the door. One, perhaps even
two PMCs will see something
and come to investigate. Just chill behind that door
and do not move. Angle the
camera so you can see clearly. Wait until the PMCs
disperse and then get ready
to move. A third PMC will have probably walked
through the door. Wait until he
turns around and just CQC him quickly. Proceed into
the small room with a few
crates. Turn to the right a little and you should see
the stairway. If a PMC is
coming down, hide. If not, proceed upstairs and
carefully locate him. Take him
out or if his back is turned, just slowly slip away.
Approach the opening in the
wall and roll out onto the ledge.
Follow this ledge forward, but stay low by crawling.
There's only one PMC you
have to worry about on the ground here. We want
him to spot us however. If you
crawl near the edge where he can see you, he'll get
spooked and attempt to come
up there to find you. We want this because it gets
him off the ground and clears
the path for us. Get up and run all the way to the end
of this platform and then
drop down near the green container. Lay flat
immediately and turn the corner a
little, but don't move out too far yet. A group of PMCs
should venture off to
the left. Crawl forward to the building where the Mk.
II is waiting. Two more
PMCs will appear down the alley on the street and
will be coming toward you
however. Veer into the right alley and just lay flat on
the ground here, using
OctoCamo. Wait for the two PMCs to come
investigate; they won't see you unless
you make a movement. After that, they too, will go
down that street following
the others.
By this point, there's a good chance one PMC has
awakened and started a Caution
Phase. Not a big deal. If this is the case, then stay in
the alley. Don't move!
Reason is, four or five more PMCs will charge down
and then make that turn like
the others did. Once they do, you're free to move.
Crawl out of that alley,
turn the corner and immediately turn right to go into
the opening of the
building. Another PMC may see you with his super
powered magnifying eyesight,
but it will be too late. You should be in and once you
are, get up and run
forward to trigger a cutscene. Skip it. We're almost
through here.
After the scene, you'll be armed with new goodies.
From here, wait for the three
PMCs to move. Follow them out onto the battlefield.
You can either wait for them
again to move, or try to knock them out with some
Mk. 2 rounds. Either way,
after that barricade, move to the left, down the alley.
Turn right down the next
alley and get toward the street. An APC will roll up
past you. Get on the ground
and crawl behind the APC to the other side of the
street. Go around to the left
of the APC and before you get near the PMCs, go to
the left and in the wall
there you should see a crawlspace. Get inside and
crawl all the way down, then
to the left. On the other end you'll be near the rebels.
Here's where you should
put on your M. E. Rebel disguise. Do it fast and then
get out of the crawlspace.
The reason we want this is because on Extreme,
rebels can alert you as well. On
top of that, we just don't want to waste time getting
them to like Snake so do
it easier with the disguise. With the disguise on, just
go forward and then to
the left and duck into the hideout.
Middle East - Militia Safehouse
-------------------------------
Ok, keep that disguise on. As long as you have it on,
you can just run straight
through this area which is a very good things. You
can grab some items along the
way, but it isn't necessary. Just breeze through and
get to the stairway at the
end. Move up for the Drebin scene. Skip it, then save
your game.
Middle East - Urban Ruins
-------------------------
Again we're gonna breeze through this area.
Hopefully you should know the way
and if not, throw on infrared to see the footprints to
guide you. Get all the
way through, running when possible if only but to
save you a few seconds. Get
on the other side and drop into the hole for the next
scene. Skip and save.
Middle East - Downtown
----------------------
Another somewhat difficult area. Hopefully you still
have that disguise on. Move
forward and hug the wall. Turn immediately when you
get the chance to. Head down
the alley where a group of rebels will be waiting at
the end. Turn left where
they are and follow the others down this bazaar area.
Through the archway you'll
find the area with the snipers. Turn left here and go
down the alley. There are
two openings on your right. Turn right at the second
one to find a bunch of
boxes. Climb over and enter the adjacent alleyway.
To your left you can see a whole bunch of PMCs.
Worry not, for they won't see
you. Just get near the very next alley but do not
enter. Stay to the side as an
APC rolls forward. Wait for it to move down the street
or else it will see you.
When it's passed, go down that alley and then turn
right. Keep moving past one
more alley. On your right will be the PMCs at the
other end of the "sniper
area". Ignore them and enter the building right in
front of you. Go down the
hall and turn left. Run up to the window and roll out.
Turn right here and you'll enter a large alley with a
big blue van. Get behind
it immediately and wait for the PMCs to come near
you. Carefully and slowly get
on the right side of the van so you remain
undiscovered. Now ditch your disguise
and put OctoCamo Auto back on. Proceed forward a
little until you get to the
spot where the light is shining on the wall. Hug this
wall immediately and let
OctoCamo take effect. Two more PMCs will burst out
and then after a brief pause,
they will venture down the alley. Wait for them to
move, then slowly move away.
When you're far enough, start running and go down
the alley and turn the corner.
Crouch again here and hug the right wall. Keep
moving and don't stop. Approach
the street with the damaged car and go in between it
and the wall. Now venture
out into the street and go to the other side, the left
side of the street. Spot
the crawlspace in the wall here, in between two
stacks of crates and go inside.
Put your rebel disguise back on crawl out to the other
side. Go under the low
overhang and you'll be on the rebel side of the
current battle. They won't alert
you with the disguise on so go across this small
street to the pillars. Turn
left under this small roof and you'll see the door
leading into the next area.
Save now.
Middle East - Advent Palace
---------------------------
If you haven't fired a shot yet like me, there's really
no need to look for any
ammo or items. Just venture up the stairs and onto
the rooftop area. Any traps
you encounter along the way, just shoot them quickly
with your Operator. Get to
the roof, enter the bar, then the hallway after that for
the scenes. Skip them
and save. Now for the challenging fight with the
FROGs.
-->BOSS FIGHT - FROG UNIT<--
Ok, this is going to be pretty tough, but quick
thinking and just overall
knowledge of what to do will help you through. When
you begin, quickly change
your inventory to accommodate either Stun
Grenades or the MGL-140. If you know
how to handle the MGL-140 and the blast it produces,
use it. If you don't want
to get blinded, just use Stun Grenades. If you use the
MGL, remember to set it
for Stun Grenades before firing.
Anyways, when you start, get out of the bar area and
strafe to the left so you
can shoot down the alley. Fire a Stun Grenade and
knock those FROGs out. The
third in front of you should go down with gunfire from
your allies. Hurry down
that alley where the stunned ones are. Turn around
here and a whole group will
land on the scaffolding above you and on the rooftop.
You could shoot them with
your Mk. 2, but save your bullets. Use the Solar Gun,
or instead, just wait.
Three FROGs will land in front of you. One by one,
CQC them all to stun them.
Remember always to use CQC on FROGs when they
have their back to you, otherwise
it will probably backfire. After the three are down,
head into the open area,
and aim with your Solar Gun or Mk. 2 on the wall to
the left. Eventually a FROG
should stick to the wall here, unless Rat Pt 01 got it.
When the FROG appears,
shoot her in the head. After that, move on with the
group downstairs.
In the next area, you need to expect the two waves
of FROGs so that you can
dispatch them fast and move on. The first will come
from across the gap on the
opposite walkway. Wait until you see movement,
then fire a Stun Grenade across
to take them out. The second will come from right
behind you, on the stairway
that you just took. Wait here and when they show up,
lob one (don't use the MGL)
so that they'll all be taken out. You want to aim this
grenade so that it lands
halfway up the stairs. For best results, aim it sort of
into the wall. After
that, you and your allies can move on.
Enter the restaurant area, which is where most of Rat
Pt 01 should be moving
into. Quickly proceed into the room adjacent to the
kitchen where there is a
lot of things blocking your way and two doors at the
end. Take the right door
and you'll get behind two FROGs. You have the
choice of trying to peek out the
door and tranquilizing them (Mk. 2 or Solar Gun), or if
you want to be safe
(because they can spot you easily), use the Mk. II,
the robot, to sneak up on
them with stealth on and shock them. You can also of
course, just lob another
Stun Grenade in to save some time.
At this point, a large group will appear in those two
doorways at the end of
that room I described. You're in position to ambush
them both. From the kitchen
area, get out of sight of the doorway you came from,
because two FROGs will
appear inside there. Expect them and throw a Stun
Grenade inside. When they're
down, enter the small room and look out the
doorway. You'll be behind a few more
FROGs who are dukeing it out with Rat Pt 01. Shoot
them with the Mk. 2 or Solar
Gun. Then, a few more will appear again in the
kitchen/lounge area. Make sure
you find them fast and use the Mk. II if possible to
save ammo and also reduce
the risk you'll take. When all the FROGs go down,
hurry out of that area onto
the walkway and down the stairs to the next area.
Down here, you're stuck in this area until the
dialogue passes. The FROGs will
appear on the adjacent and upper walkways and a
lot of them will be gunning for
you and in very little time you'll be a seeing nothing
but black. To avoid this,
move to the right part of the walkway, where there is
a broken pillar. Lay down
here and move back a little so you can see the upper
walkway. From here you'll
be protected from the FROGs on the adjacent
walkway, and you'll have a great
shot at the ones above. Also, before the action starts,
lay down and play dead
(hold Triangle) and recover any health you may have
lost. Remember not to use
any healing items. When the FROGs appear, start
aiming at them up on the walkway
above. Be deliberate in your shots, make them count
as you have only so much
ammo. When the members of Rat Pt 01 start saying
"Switch out!" and "It's all
you!", it's time to get moving. Head into the
bathroom area.
Here, stay near the stalls, but in a position so that
you can't be seen from the
door you just passed. Use the Mk. II, and when the
wall goes down, send it
through the hole. Keep stealth on and wait for the
FROGs to filter into this
area and they all have their backs turned. Now take
them out one by one with
the Mk. II's stun whip. Make sure no others are
coming, then deactivate the
Mk. II and return to Snake. Outside the door you just
used to get here, there
will be two other FROGs. Just quickly lob a Stun
Grenade out there to take them
out. That should do it. Move with Rat Pt 01 into the
hallway for a quick scene
you can't skip. After that, drop down and enter the
bar area.
Get the Solar Gun out. If you don't have it, you'll just
have to use the Mk. 2.
When the bulldozer takes out the adjacent wall, turn
away from the incoming
flashbangs. After that, take aim at the FROGs before
they start moving. Make
sure to charge the Solar Gun fully before firing, as a
fully charged shot will
take them down. Use the bar to duck in between
shots so you don't take too much
damage. Also try to line up so that the pillars in this
area will block a few of
the other enemies. Do whatever you can to
minimalize damage. Use Stun Grenades
as well. When the threat is over, move with Meryl's
team into the next area for
a scene. Skip it, then drop the elevator and approach
them for one more scene.
Skip it and save your game. With that over, proceed
up the hill, over the boxes,
and around the corner.
Hopefully at this point, you're averaging roughly 30
minutes or less. The fewer
the better. If you're at 40, not a big deal. Much more
than that could spell
trouble later on, but it's serviceable.
Middle East - Crescent Meridian
-------------------------------
Before you venture too far out, make sure you put on
the rebel disguise or else
you'll be paying for it very shortly. Once it's on, head
out and watch the quick
scene with the tank. After that, veer into the alcove
on the right. Move up
until you can see the PMCs through the opening. Take
aim at first at the one in
the window above. Don't use your Solar Gun here
since enemies can see the blast,
causing an alert.
Stick with the Mk. 2 here. Wait for the tank to roll up,
and more PMCs will
probably come to replace the others. Aim at a few
others, but don't waste too
many bullets. Eventually, use the tank as cover and
leave the alcove, hugging
the right wall. The PMCs at the next corner will be
actually pretty close to
you, but surprisingly, they will not alert you. Stick
close to the right wall
and crawl forward. Keep moving and if PMCs get too
close, use some quick Mk. 2
shots to dispatch them. Keep crawling, entering
under the area with the
pillars. Get up to the large ditch. Worry not about the
PMCs; again, they
shouldn't be able to alert you. Get up and cross the
ditch, then on the other
side, crawl again.
You should see a lone PMC leave the safety of cover
behind the blue van and run
forward, taking refuge behind a wall. Take aim at him
and with a headshot, he'll
go down. Now keep crawling forward until you get to
the debris. Go around this
corner and keep favoring the right side. Move up
until you get to the destroyed
car. Go around it, then a little bit further. Now turn
left and go across the
street into the small area where the sandbag PMCs
are. Ignore them and just go
for the ladder. Climb up, go around this building
using the walkway, and then
drop down on the other side for a scene. Skip it and
save.
Middle East - Millennium Park
-----------------------------
From here, go around the topped over bulldozer and
around the next corner, you
can see the next two PMCs. They're fair game for the
Solar Gun if you wish to
save some ammo, but it's slightly risky. The next four
PMCs (these two included
can be dispatched with the Solar Gun, but it could
lead to a quick Caution
phase. This is sort of irrelevant however, since you're
gonna wind up getting a
Caution here anyway most likely. So if you want, go
ahead and use a fully
charged Solar Gun shot on the first PMC. The other
will most likely be startled
and run forward a bit. Before he gets on the horn
with his buddies, fire another
fully charged shot.
Now creep forward a bit but keep your eyes set on
the distance and don't move
too far out. Another PMC in the background will be
patrolling. Lay low and wait
for him to walk to the left. Fire a fully charged Solar
Gun shot at him, or
just use the Mk. 2 if you must. Keep moving forward,
and pan the camera so you
can see down the adjacent street. One more PMC,
standing watch outside the
gate. Take him out as well, but use the Mk. 2 this
time if you want, or of
course, if you have no other choice.
Now, move slowly into the alley with the dumpster.
Stay in a crouch position and
move slowly up the stairs. A PMC is up here. Just wait
on the stairwell and
watch him walk by. When he turns his back on you,
pounce! No, not literally.
Just sneak up on him and CQC him. Now venture into
the adjacent hallway and
enter the door. By now, a Caution has probably
sprung up, which can lead to
problems, but it can be overcome. In this room, you
can see the plaza area below
and the group of PMCs patrolling the place. Put
OctoCamo back on quick, and when
the PMCs aren't looking, drop down. Let OctoCamo
take effect and slowly crawl
out.
The backup group that was sent in due to the Caution
phase will probably whisk
through here. They are a variable that you can
neutralize and play off of. Since
PMCs are all over this area, you should tranquilize
any coming toward you or any
in your path with the Mk. 2. If the patrol group sees
the downed PMC, they'll
go deal with him, and won't even be a factor for you.
Take advantage of this,
and using OctoCamo, crawl from the opening that
you dropped down into, to the
left. Keep moving in this direction toward the wall.
Now turn right and find the
opening in the wall. Crawl under here to reach the
final area. You're very close
so don't screw up here.
One thing that will help you immensely here,
especially since Caution phase will
not go away most likely, is the radar. Keep the Solid
Eye on and pay attention
to those bright circles on your radar to know the
enemy movement. From the hole
in the wall, crawl forward and go around the big
truck, going to the right. Now,
crawl toward the boxes, again keeping OctoCamo on
and watching that radar. If
any PMCs are in your way or you think they might
see you, take them out. Crawl
around the big boxes and proceed toward the tents.
Take a look around and when
it's safe, keep moving, going in between the tents.
Now, at this point, if any
PMCs see you, they'll do their usual "Is something
there?" and walk over to
investigate routine. If you just keep moving, you
should be fine. Crawl between
the tents and if a PMC is following you, turn around
quick and plug him in the
head with a Mk. 2 round. Keep moving. When you get
to the wall, look both ways.
A few PMCs could be around due to the Caution
phase, so just lay still if things
are busy. Wait for them to disperse, then tranquilize
any others in this spot.
When the coast is finally clear, crawl toward the red
door. If the radar is
clear, get up and walk through.
Skip all the scenes and codec conversations. You're
done with Act 1. You'll see
your stats. Hopefully there are no kills or alerts, or
anything else. Your clear
time for this Act is hopefully decent. 45 minutes is
decent/average. Around 40
minutes is good, and anything less is really good. If
you got 50 minute clear
time, that's ok too. Anything more than 50 minutes
can be a problem later on
and if it's even worse, you might want to start over.
_ _ ____
/ \ ___| |_ |___ \
/ _ \ / __| __| __) |
_________________________________
/ ___ \ (__| |_ / __/ __________/ SOLID SUN Big
Boss Emblem \____
/_/ \_\___|\__| |_____| / (bbe2)
\_________________________________/
___________________________/
Skip the Mission Briefing scenes, and save your
game. Then skip the subsequent
cutscenes and the codec call. Let's begin.
Start by laying low immediately. The PMCs below will
see you otherwise and come
up to investigate. Lay down and crawl up to the cliff's
edge. From here you can
see the scene below. Whether you want to save the
rebels or not, it coincides
with taking out the PMCs which is a must. Chances
are all the rebels will get
blown away though, so don't worry about them
much.
By now, you're probably running low on Mk. 2 ammo.
We're gonna procure some soon
so don't worry. Take aim at each PMC below with the
Mk. 2. Headshots if you can
get them are preferred. When the rebels start
fighting back, shoot at the other
PMCs that start to appear, including the one at the
far end near the barn. Save'
on your MK. 2 ammo by using the Mosin Nagant.
Now, I know you're thinking, "It's
too risky!" Yes, the Mosin Nagant, is a risky weapon
to use. But I prefer it in
some situations, especially to save on ammo. The
rule of thumb with it, is to
never fire it on enemies in groups, or else you'll be
alerted. Use the Mosin
Nagant on single enemies that are a distance away
from you. This usually ensures
you won't be discovered. Take out each PMC and
then we'll prepare for the valley
area. Don't worry about the rebels if they survived;
they will love Snake so
you don't need the disguise.
There's items all around here in the various buildings,
but we're only
interested in one. In the barn, go to the small alcove
behind the ladder. Here
you will find some ammo for the Mk. 2. Good. Save it Skip the codec call and save. Move up and stay to
as much as you can. Now the left. Take out your Mosin
proceed into the valley, with or without the rebels. Nagant and when the path to the right opens, find
the two sniper PMCs on the
far ledge and snipe them both. Now you can move to
Head up the slope. Near the first small tree, you
the right. Move forward while
should be able to get a good
hugging the right wall this entire time. The rebels will
vantage point on a PMC in the distance. Use infrared
get on their front and
to help you. Line him up in
engage the PMCs at the Power Station, but as long as
the Mosin Nagant crosshairs and take him down.
you lay back, you won't be
Move up carefully. On this
discovered. Keep moving along the right wall until
terrace area, some enemies are close and simply
you find the opening path
above you on higher plateaus.
leading up. Get up here now.
Use the camera and the radar appropriately to make
sure you don't venture out
At the top there is a path to the right that leads
too far.
down. If you want to be safe,
use the Mosin Nagant to snipe some of the PMCs
Proceed further down the first path, but before
near the right wall of the
climbing up the first ledge, try
station. Proceed down the slope and use the various
to get a few more enemies in your sights. Don't use
objects for cover. Keep
the Mosin Nagant here; go
moving until you get near the opening in the fence,
with the Mk. 2 again. Stay low and if one sees you,
right after the big vehicle.
don't panic, just let him
Two pesky PMCs are in here so don't get even
get closer and make your shot before you're alerted.
remotely close. Just use some Mk. 2
Once again, before climbing
rounds from afar and when they both go down,
the first ledge, make sure you've got a good
continue over to where they are.
breathing room. Climb up and then
go to the left. Use the Mk. 2 and take out a few more
It's in your best interest at this point to let the rebels
PMCs. Chances are, some of
take the Power
their buddies will see them and come over to wake
Station and destroy it. Just wait until one of them
them up. Try to take them out
lumbers in and chucks a
as well. Use the Mosin Nagant if the enemies are
grenade inside. When everything is destroyed,
isolated, but only if. It's
proceed along the road for a bunch
always a risk so be wary of that. Climb up the next
of scenes. Skip them all. You don't have to save now
few plateaus and if the
if you want to save a few
coast is clear, proceed past the small hut and into
seconds. Just keep moving and take the left path,
the small valley for a codec
following the rebels.
call. Skip it and save.
Along this path are a lot of goodies. You can pick
Hurry forward and you'll meet up with some more
them up for DP and the like
rebels. As you move closer, look
if you wish, but don't waste time scavenger hunting
to the right for a broken tree trunk with a small
too long. You can find some
wooden table laying next to
V-Ring ammo and Mk. 2 ammo along this path. When
it. To the right of it is a small crawlspace with Mk. 2
you near the end, take the left
ammo. Grab it and move
exit, because it will put you in very good position to
on. Around the bend you'll encounter more PMCs.
skip the Confinement
Again, infrared will help make
Facility.
things clear for you. Wait til one PMC strolls out from
behind a rock, and then
South America - Confinement Facility
headshot him. A few more will try to sneak in from
------------------------------------
the right, so without getting
You'll emerge on the red plateaus. Lay flat
too close, shoot them as well. There will probably be
immediately as a patrol APC whizzes
at least one more in front
by. When it's gone, move up and to the left. Stay
of you so take him down as well.
amongst the rocks, avoiding
the main road and just take the left path. You'll
The rebels will move up, but we want to go right, so if
encounter one PMC near the
it's safe, scurry over
road. Tranquilize him with one shot from the Mk. 2
to the passage to the right. As you pass the big rock
and then move on. Another PMC
that divides this small
is on the road up ahead, but you can ignore him.
circular path that you'll be passing on your left, make
Proceed toward the smaller
sure the PMC there
prison facility.
isn't looking your way. Move into that passage now
and on a ledge to your right
From the hill leading into this area, whip out your
is a PMC. You can ignore him and just crawl past, or
Mosin Nagant and take aim
tranquilize him when he
at the soldiers you can see. There should be one on
isn't looking and run to the next area.
the right, one on the left,
and one in the guard tower you can see. Take them
South America - Power Station
all out and move toward the
-----------------------------
closest building. Slowly pass the wall of the building
and you'll see a PMC
guarding the doorway. Chances are another PMC
from further away will spot you
from the windows. Try to take out the guy in the
doorway first, and then fire a
round through the windows at the other, but you can
probably ignore him in the
end when the rebels break free and start fighting
back. Now move up, going
past the vehicle to the right. Make sure nobody is on
the left, then move down
this path to the right of the guard tower. Enter the
corridor here to move to
the next area.
South America - Vista Mansion
-----------------------------
You'll be on a high ledge, and it will take you right to
the gates. Don't move
too fast though, as there are PMCs below you. Use
the Mk. 2 on them and take
them out. For the ones further away on the hill, use
the Mosin Nagant, if only
to help out your rebel buddies. If not, just move up
along the path and it will
take you to the gates for a quick scene you can't
skip. As the bulldozer takes
out the gate, scurry inside and to the left. Keep
moving and in the far corner
in the direction you're going, you can find some Mk. 2
ammo tucked away near a
drum can. Now move to the right and go around the
hedges toward the mansion.
One thing to watch for is replacement PMCs coming
down the left perimeter of the
building. Make sure that path is clear before
proceeding. At least two PMCs will
be guarding the door, dukeing it out with the rebels.
Chuck a Stun Grenade in
there to knock them both out, then hurry through the
door. Inside here, lay low
immediately on the red carpet next to the coffee
table. A PMC will rush through
the door and then through the one you just came
through. Take the Mk. II out and
send it through the door. Find the other PMC and stun
him. Now as Snake, get up
and hurry up the stairs. Go down the hallway, and file
into the room. Find the
door that will give you access to the roof; it should be
clear. Hurry left along
the roof, find the small deck and drop through the
hole.
In the cellar area, just move through until you find
the small room on the right
after turning a corner. Exactly across from this
doorway (to your left before
entering) is a pack of Mk. 2 ammo. Inside you can
find some Stun Grenades and
V-Ring ammo. Continue through until you get to the
ladder.
South America - Research Lab
----------------------------
Skip all the scenes and save when prompted to do
so. Skip the next scene and
prepare for a fight. First you'll have to get through
the FROGs.
The best thing to do is to get in a good position to
ambush them and take them
down quickly. Each group goes down certain paths
and if you know which routes
they take you can get through them faster. Besides
the Mk. 2, you can also use
Sleep Mine satchels and plant them in the halls the
FROGs will be going through.
It will rarely work on all of them at once, but it will be
a nice alternative.
Get through each group fast and then you'll fight the
big one.
-->BOSS FIGHT - LAUGHING OCTOPUS<--
This fight isn't too tough if you have the necessary
weapons. The two big ones
are the Rail Gun and M82A2. If you're looking to do
this as fast as possible,
this is the way to do it. From the start, try to fire off a
round from the
M82A2 right away. Octopus will be knocked down and
then she'll disappear. Always
let her bombs cling to you. After they're on, just roll
to shake them off.
Octopus' first hiding spot is always down the hall
around the corner, standing
near the pillar. Get close and fully charge the Rail
Gun and fire at her head.
The damage won't be much, especially for a fully
charged shot, but it's the best
you've got. She'll probably disappear and launch her
bombs again; just let them
cling and shake them off. Now just find her next
hiding spot. If you need a
reminder, this includes the painting at the end of the
adjacent hallway, on the
ceiling of the hallway, in the ceiling of the lab room,
as a machine in the lab
room, as a marionette opposite the real one, and in a
box in the storage closet.
Snuff her out and fire a fully charged Rail Gun shot
always. If she attacks, use
the M82A2 and try to take her out. When she uses
her gun, I find sometimes I can
avoid some damage if I crouch. I don't know maybe
it's just luck.
Eventually she'll change into the Mk. II. Follow her
and charge up the Rail Gun
as you're turning the corner. When it's locked and
loaded, shoot at her to take
off a little more health. She'll likely disappear again.
After this, she'll
disguise herself as a downed FROG and later Naomi.
Again use the Rail Gun. When
she starts coming out of the windows and attacking,
use the M82A2 or an
automatic weapon like an assault rifle. Always stay
close to the beds or a crate
at this point, since she might use the rolling attack. If
she balls up, start
running immediately and get to higher ground. Then
when she unwraps herself,
fire with the M82A2. Wait for her to appear again and
keep firing until you've
won.
Beast is gone, now for the Beauty, which you have to
(obviously) revert back to
non-lethal weapons for.
-->BOSS FIGHT - LAUGHING BEAUTY<--
The Solar Gun is a good choice here. Two fully
charged shots is all you need.
The downside is that getting a shot in isn't easy. It
shouldn't take too long
however. If you're more comfortable, or if you don't
have the Solar Gun, use the
M820 with V-Ring ammo. It will work handily as well.
Use either method to win.
One down, three to go. Skip the following scenes and
codec calls, then save your
game.
South America - Mountain Trail
-----------------------------
Hopefully, if you've been through this area a few
times, you have a general idea
of which way to go. Try not to sightsee or spend time
grabbing unnecessary item
drops.
For starters, head down the path to reach the first
open area with multiple
paths. You shouldn't have used any Mk. 2 ammo in
the Octopus fight, but if you
used a lot on the FROGs before her, or just are low on
ammo in general, you can
take the middle path. You'll find a guy at the waterfall
relieving himself.
Sneak up on him and hold him up and if you can
successfully pat him down, you'll
get some Mk. 2 ammo. If you have a good amount,
ignore this path to save time,
or save a couple seconds by using a fully charged
Solar Gun shot instead. Either
way, proceed down the left path to reach a bridge.
One thing to note is that within a few of the last
several areas (this includes
Act 1), you've gotten away with getting really close
to enemies, mostly because
they've been dealing with rebels and so forth. In this
area you're by yourself,
so that super sight of the PMCs is back more or less.
This goes the same for the
guy you're about to run into on the other side of the
bridge. If he's in view,
stay low and then try to shoot him with the Mk. 2.
Now you'll have a few more
paths to choose from.
Take the right path, with the stack of crates near a
tree. Go down here to reach
a new area. Lay low and take out the PMC on the hill
directly in front of you
with your Mk. 2. Again, if you need ammo for it,
there's a spot nearby. Take
the right path from here and you'll come across a
small dilapidated building.
One PMC will be outside, so take him out quick. The
other is inside, too
occupied with "reading material". Take him out too
and the Mk. 2 ammo is tucked
away on the right side. Grab it and go.
Now go down this next path but be very careful,
because it's tough to expect
when you become visible and the next PMC will be
right there so move slow and
get down. Get him in your sights and take him out.
From here, take the right
path and it will lead to the river. Cross for a
checkpoint, where you should
definitely save. Take the left path, the longer one.
The other takes you right
past a FROG. Remember that they can sniff out the
sound the Solid Eye makes so
try to trust it less. Don't be afraid to hit pause and
check your map every once
in a while. Again, knowing the overall layout of most
of these paths helps a
lot.
As you enter this next area, pay attention to the
boulder on your left. On the
other side is a FROG. Crawl past until she is in your
sight and then pop her
with the Mk. 2. Now take the central path from here.
It's the one that makes a
small left turn then goes down a long way. Keep the
Solid Eye off and go down
here slowly. When you reach this intersection, a
FROG will be on your immediate
left; she's hard to see. Take her out with one shot and
only one shot, then
crawl to the right.
When it's safe, get up and scurry onward. In the next
area, take the central
path again and you'll navigate around a rock column.
Chances are a FROG will
spot you and want to come over to investigate.
Before she gets too close, take
her out with a few tranquilizer rounds. Now go down
the only path here and hug
the left wall. Move forward and take out the PMC you
find. Keep moving in this
direction. You'll find the path cutting across here so
go right down this path.
Find the entrance here and go inside.
Skip the scenes and save. You'll start the APC
sequence. It's not a bad idea to
make a separate save file here.
South America - Vista Mansion
-----------------------------
Remember, you can't kill anyone, so don't bother
with the turret for now. When
you reach the gate, the powered suits will appear. If
you have the Solar Gun,
use it. As for the PMCs that climb up after you, just
use CQC and don't kill
them. Don't let them hit Snake too much, you'll need
the health. When Drebin
starts moving, you're clear.

South America - Confinement Facility
------------------------------------
Your first encounter with Gekko. You are of course
permitted to shoot them, but
you would probably die if you didn't so.... yeah. Take
aim at them but again,
watch for the crazy PMCs. Don't let them gang up on
you, so you'll have to start
a juggling act between them and the Gekkos. The
constant smokescreens don't make
it easy, so do your best to take them out. Also, be
very, very careful of a PMC
that likes to climb up the front of the APC. You may
never even notice him, but
he'll be there, and will be directly in front of your
turret. Be careful because
it's easy to miss and you'll wind up with a kill. Drebin
will move on eventually
and you'll be done with this area.
South America - Power Station
-----------------------------
Take aim at the green doors immediately. Shoot the
barrels near them (I guess it
helps) and just unload until Drebin turns away. Now
take aim at the enemy APC
until it explodes once. Wait til Drebin gets in position
again and fire at the
doors again. On Extreme, they take a LONG time to
crumble so just keep at it.
Eventually they will fall and you'll move on.
South America - High Woodland Highway
-------------------------------------
The last stretch of this sequence. Not too hard. Take
out the Gekko when you
can, but Drebin will be driving all over the place. Just
keep shooting and if
you can take them out, good. None of them can
really do any significant damage
so don't worry. As you go through the valley, a few
will give chase. Try to
topple them with some more fire from the turret.
Eventually you'll escape.
South America - Marketplace
---------------------------
This is it. One last area. Prep your Rail Gun. From the
starting point, head to
the left, and go down the alley. Turn the corner and
start charging the Rail
Gun. When the Gekko appears, fire at its head with a
fully charged shot. No
doubt the APC sequence, being out in the sun so
long, has taken a huge toll on
Snake's psyche so your aiming will be a little difficult.
Turn here after the
first one is down and charge again. Wait for one
Gekko to appear from the left
and take it down as well. Now turn left and go down
the street toward the finish
line. A Gekko will appear at your rear flank and start
firing, so do a zigzag
to hopefully avoid a little damage. Charge the Rail
Gun again and fire at the
one blocking your exit. If you want, grab the Chaff
Grenades in the very last
stall on the left. Definitely grab the if you have none.
Cross the threshold and
you're done with Act 2. Nice
Hopefully you finished Act 2 with a combined time of
roughly 1 hour, 25 minutes.
That's pretty good if so. If it took you an hour and a
half, that's decent.
Close to an hour is great. If you got more it's kinda
ehh, but doable. Actually,
if you wound up with like 2 hours or more, you might
actually still be able to
do this, believe it or not. If you're not confident
though, reload an old save.
Now, on to Act 3!
_ _ _____
/ \ ___| |_ |___ /
/ _ \ / __| __| |_ \
_________________________________
/ ___ \ (__| |_ ___) | __________/ THIRD SUN Big
Boss Emblem \____
/_/ \_\___|\__| |____/ / (bbe3)
\_________________________________/
_________________________/
Act 3 is really annoying to me. And no, it's not just
because of the infamous
"Bike Chase" part; I actually did that part within a few
tries. The Bike Chase
is definitely vexing but what bothers me about Act 3
is the beginning with the
resistance member. I feel like if you've been going
through the BBE thus far,
your "tempo" so to speak is on a certain wavelength
and you're ready to dodge
bullets and act sneaky and tranquilize enemies and
so forth in fast paced action
sequences. Act 3 changes that tempo dramatically
with this slower paced stalking
affair. Any slight mess up can screw you over here
and it gets aggravating fast.
You can spend 5 minutes following the guy, only to
mess up right before you
reach the exit to the area and have to do it all over
again. Perhaps you don't
understand what the hell I'm talking about and that's
fine. Let's get started.
Skip a whole bunch of scenes and you'll be prompted
to save. You can if you
want, but you'll be saving in the first area anyway so
it's up to you. Skip a
few more scenes and then you'll finally be out on the
street.
Eastern Europe - Midtown S Sector
---------------------------------
From the start, ignore Otacon and jump into the item
menu quickly to swap the
Scanning Plug for the Solid Eye. Also take the Mk. 2
and keep it handy. Remember
that when you're running as Snake, the gun is visible;
if he's walking it's in
his pocket. Remember that when you're near
enemies. Also you should wear a
FaceCamo other than Snake's faces. Otacon, or the
Beauty ones will do. This will
shield you from Alerts during this first part and allow
you to get closer to the
PMCs.
Turn the corner and go down the street. You'll see the
resistance member appear
from his hiding spot. Save now. Now you can either
wait and follow him or you
can run ahead and clear the area out. One thing I
noticed while doing the latter
a few times during this area was that if you run too
far ahead, leaving the
resistance member in your dust, he will not move at
all. He will just stand
still until you get close to him again. I don't know
why this is but it's
annoying and it can be a time waster. Mostly you can
do this by just staying
behind him, but there's one part in this first area you
need to beat him to. In
any case, just follow him and be slow and quiet.
He'll go across the street and approach the staircase.
In the alley here you can
find some Mk. 2 ammo. Grab it and then follow the
resistance member (watch the
can!) around the corner and then around the next
one until you encounter the
first group of PMCs. Get out into the street a bit so
that you're still behind
the resistance member, but you can see both PMCs.
Again, if you beat the
resistance member here you can get really close to
the PMCs (so long as they
don't see you aiming the gun at them) and that will
better your chances. Either
way, take out both of them with the Mk. 2 and be as
precise as you can. If the
PMCs get spooked and call in backup, it will just
make things really annoying,
so you want to be accurate and take them out with
no fuss.
With the first two down, the resistance member
moves up. Go behind the truck and
then face the next two PMCs up the hill. If you left
the resistance member
behind and he's still catching up, you can use the
Mosin Nagant on these two
PMCs. If not you've got to use the Mk. 2 again. When
they go down, our guy will
move up again. Follow him. He'll turn down the street
left and will eventually
enter the park from the adjacent street. Follow him
into the park this way.
He'll stop at the fountain area, then walk down the
path past the two statues.
As usual, he'll stop at that point, then turn around
and dash back to the left
statue to go "bleed the lizard". Stay out of sight at
this point. While he's
doing his business, go to the left and get on the hill
and spot the two PMCs
guarding the park exit. Use the Mk. 2 to tranquilize
them both. You can also use
the Mk. II but a stun method will make them wake up
and call for backup. This
will not be a problem but I just figured I'd mention it.
When they're down, and
our guy is done with his business, keep following
him. The resistance member
will go to the far wall then proceed forward and see
the two downed PMCs. Wait
for him to go down the stairs. Before you follow, grab
the Mk. 2 ammo tucked
away here. Now catch up to him.
From here our guy will cross the street toward the big
ramp, taking the side
alley. Here is where you need to get in front of him.
It's very important that
you beat him to the next area. So while he's taking
the alley, run up the ramp
directly and get around the next corner. He might see
you but he shouldn't be
spooked and run away, he'll just stop for a second.
Keep moving and around the
corner you'll find the area with all the cars and the
stairs leading down to the
next street. Our guy will come down these stairs and
peek around the corner
before proceeding. Unfortunately, there's two PMCs
down this street and if they
aren't cleared fast enough, our guy will change plans
and take a much longer,
much more annoying route through the sewers. We
do not want that, so that's why
you got here first before him.
From the upper platform with all the cars, go to the
left. Use the radar to see
where the PMCs are placed. Stand near the railing so
you can see the first one,
standing near the far wall. The other is directly below
you. Be careful here,
very careful. Your target is very close to you so you
shouldn't have any problem
getting a headshot with the Mk. 2. If you miss, you're
pretty much caught so be
careful. Get the headshot on the first PMC, and then
the one below you will walk
over to check on him. Headshot him too. Now the
path is cleared.
Go back and look for the resistance member. There's
a chance that he hasn't
moved since you're a bit far away from him. Just get
a little close and he
should start his trademark whistling and begin
moving again. Get out of sight
and hide near the pillars while he approached the
stairs. He'll eventually go
down, see the coast is clear, and then make his
move. Follow him but stay on the
stairs. After he gets off the stairs, he typically turns
around so if you're
there he might get spooked for a second. Usually he
never runs off, unless you
are wearing other FaceCamo, but it'll save time if you
never let him see you.
So wait for him to turn around again, then start
following him down the street.
Eventually he'll get to that intersection and he will
duck into the doorways of
the various stores. Wait for him to make his move to
the right. He'll suddenly
dash off in great haste into the archway. Follow him
through, stop for a moment,
then follow him into the next area.
Eastern Europe - Midtown NE Sector
----------------------------------
Find the resistance member just ahead of you and
he'll move to the right. Follow
him into this open area. It's the one with the
squadron of PMCs and the
helicopter. Now the resistance member stays close to
the wall and ventures off
to the street to the right. Sometimes one or two
PMCs in the open area see him
and walk over. I figured I'd mention this but I've
never seen them become an
issue. They walk over to find him, but by the time
they show up, the resistance
member is already gone. Just be aware of this.
Follow him down the right street and then he'll
meander down and try to sneak
past two PMCs. Shoot them both before he gets there
or else he'll end up being
discovered and that will waste a minute or two. Take
a steady aim and try to
headshot both of the PMCs and the resistance
member can travel safely through.
Eventually you'll follow him with no more problems
into a large intersection.
He'll venture down one street. Follow him as he runs
off and around the corner.
Eastern Europe - Midtown N Sector
---------------------------------
Stay back and wait for the resistance member to
walk out in his new PMC duds.
Follow him out onto the street and you'll notice that
the vehicle patrols are
already out on Extreme. Having the FaceCamo (again
not one of Snake's faces) is
a big help here. You won't need to fire any more Mk.
2 bullets in this last
area, so the only challenge here is staying
undetected by the resistance member
and following him the rest of the way.
He'll go down the hill with a whole bunch of PMCs
and then turn left. Just
casually follow him down here and the PMCs will all
be surprised to see you, but
they will not do anything about it with the FaceCamo
on. Watch out for the
vehicle patrols. They will not do anything either
except honk at you if you're
in the way.
Stalk the resistance member down and around the
next corner. There are three
other PMCs and all four of them will walk in tandem
down the street. Keep tabs
on your resistance member and as the other PMCs
turn away, keep following the
correct one. The resistance member and one other
PMC will turn right at the next
street, and then the last real PMC will turn down an
alley while our guy goes
left. Follow him into the next alley and then on the
other side, he'll cross the
street again. This is the last stretch so there's really
no strategy involved.
Keep following him and don't make any noise or
anything. Eventually at the very
end he'll come to a small alley. Duck in the nearby
doorway to avoid being seen
because the resistance member usually looks around
before he goes inside. When
he comes out without the disguise on, just follow him
down the street and a
scene will eventually take over. Phew.
Skip the scenes, and there are a lot of them. Don't
save yet. Skip more scenes
and then the Bike Chase will begin. Save now and get
ready.
First prepare your weapon inventory as follows. Equip
the Mk. 2, the Twin Barrel
with V-Ring ammo, Stun Grenades, and the P90 for
later. Also go into Options and
put Auto-Aim on. If you want to avoid throwing your
TV out the window from
frustration, do it.
Secondly, a huge part of this, especially in the
second and third areas, is
luck. Luck, luck, luck, luck, luck, luck. There's only so
much skill you can put
into this. You can do just about everything right but
still end up getting
killed. It's just the way it is. The key is when you get
lucky, you don't mess
up. So without a doubt, always save in each new area
so that you don't have to
keep redoing each.
In the first area, you'll have not much to worry about
as you whiz past a few
Gekkos and such. When Big Mama does indeed stop
though, you'll be confronted by
a group of PMCs. Just take aim at them all and shoot
them with the Mk. 2. You've
got unlimited ammo during this sequence too, so
don't worry. Hopefully you'll
come away with very little or no damage. That will do
it for the first area.
You're probably thinking, "Ha! This is hard? Yeah
right." That's what I thought
too. Sigh. Save when you start this next part.
In the second area is where luck will first come into
play. You'll whiz past a
whole mess of PMCs and a jeep will come up as well.
Try to shoot one of the PMCs
as you pass by if you can. It doesn't make much of a
difference though. The key
to knowing if you got lucky or not is if you took any
damage. Again, all I can
say about this is it is 100% luck. Sometimes you'll
pass those PMCs and take no
damage, and other times your entire life bar will be
almost depleted. And no,
that is not a joke, it does happen. If you almost get
massacred, you might as
well start over and save yourself the trouble. If you
took less than half of
your life bar, keep going.
A FROG will land on top of the van. Shoot her down
with the Mk. 2. The convoy
will stop at the road block and turn around. Take out
the Stun Grenades. Take
aim and before the next group of enemies appears,
toss one so that it will land
precisely where they'll be appearing from. Hopefully
if you aimed well enough,
the Stun Grenade will take them out. Now use the
Mk. 2 and aim for the gunners
on the jeeps. Once again, if you're lucky you will take
very little or no
damage here. Big Mama and the convoy turn around
and go back to the first road
block. Hurry and whip out the Twin Barrel and make
sure it's loaded.
As Big Mama hits the ramp, aim with the Twin Barrel
down and a little to the
right. Your target as you're flying overhead in slow-
motion, is the left (soon
to be right) jeep gunner. Wait until the motorcycle
passes the lamp pole, then
fire a round from the Twin Barrel at the gunner.
Quickly swap it for the Mk. 2
and try to shoot one of the PMCs before landing. Not
required but if you get
one, then nice bonus.
The motorcycle touches down and then turns around.
Again, luck, luck, luck is
here. I've died like 5 times at the exact moment the
motorcycle landed. Yes, it
is that annoying. If you're lucky, you will not take any
damage, and if you're
a good shot, you'll avoid any damage. Quickly take
aim at the PMCs, putting
emphasis on the other jeep gunner. Again, this is
really hard due to luck, so
prepare to do this part over, and over, and over.
Eventually you'll get it to go
your way and you'll be off as the convoy breaks
through.
Hopefully you have at least half of your health bar,
maybe a little less. As you
go through the streets, a bunch of FROGs will appear
all around. The ones you
need to focus on are the ones in the actual street
firing at you and the ones
that are clinging to walls when the convoy is moving
slower. Use Auto-Aim by
pressing Square when aiming with L1 (assuming you
did indeed set it on). Fire
at the FROGs that are blocking your path and just
about any others that you see
clinging to walls shooting and so on and so forth.
Hide behind Big Mama with
Triangle and it might protect you if you take some
damage. Otherwise, just cross
your fingers and you'll make it through. Save your
game.
In the final area, you'll again be frustrated, but it
really comes down to two
parts. Again, luck. What else can I say? From the
beginning, whip out the P90.
Fire at the flying enemies and gun as many down as
you can for extra DP. Also
shoot Raging Raven if you want. You can keep
shooting her during this sequence,
and it will shave off some health later, but it honestly
will not make even the
slightest difference. Just aim for the minions and so
on.
Big Mama will warn Snake of enemies on the left.
Take out some more minions.
After this, watch out for a jeep on the right at the
next intersection. This is
a big cause for concern because it's really hard to get
by without damage. Take
out the Twin Barrel before you get here and have it
loaded. Use Auto-Aim and
try to fire a shot at the driver from a distance before
you get too close. By
some divine miracle, if you get by without damage,
you should thank a higher
power, that is, if you believe in one. In any case,
there is one more worry to
see. Down the next street, you'll take out some more
flying minions, then
another jeep will appear from behind. Be prepared
for this jeep as well. Have
the Twin Barrel pointed in its direction and Auto-Aim
the driver right away and
shoot. You should get him without any problems.
After this, you'll go down a few more streets and then
come to an intersection
where two jeeps converge and Big Mama has to
swerve around them. This is another
big problem. Have the Twin Barrel loaded again and
Auto-Aim the right gunner and
take him out before you pass. This is critical,
especially if you took a little
damage before. Chances are if you miss them both,
you'll end up dying right
after. I died three times in a row because I missed the
shot and one of the
gunners blew up a nearby car, causing Snake to die.
Annoying.
If you get the gunner on the right jeep, you should
get by without damage. After
this comes a few encounters with FROGs. It starts
with a collision in which you
go under some jeeps in Slow-mo. Take aim at one of
the FROGs with the Twin
Barrel and then you'll whiz by. From this point on, use
the Twin Barrel (my
preference) and as you go down the streets, Auto-
Aim the FROGs in your way and
try to take some of them down. Keep reloading and
shooting, etc. If you had
taken a lot of damage before, you might be out of
luck. Hold on to Big Mama
with Triangle if it helps but keep shooting.
Eventually you'll be taken down the alley, which is
the last stretch. Use the
Twin Barrel and shoot the FROGs you encounter at
each stop. Eventually you'll
make it onto the street again where Raven and her
minions will start bombing
you. Fire at some of them for some DP until you duck
under the tunnel. Take a
deep breath, pat yourself on the back. You're done.
first attempt, but there are other opportunities. This
is a fairly quick, safe
method however.
Skip the scene. Prepare for phase two.
-->BOSS FIGHT - RAGING BEAUTY<--

Eastern Europe - Echo's Beacon Whip out the Solar Gun or the M870. Take aim at the
------------------------------ Beauty and charge the Solar
The bad news however, is that you're carrying Gun to full. She usually dodges one or two shots, but
whatever health you had at the end eventually you'll land a
into the fight. Skip the scenes and get ready to hit. Two fully charged Solar Gun shots is all it takes.
rumble.
After that, skip a whole lot of scenes. Save your
-->BOSS FIGHT - RAGING RAVEN<-- game and skip more scenes. You
have finished Act 3. Hopefully your finish time is
Basically you've got to be as perfect as you can, roughly 2 hours and 35
seeing as how you most likely minutes. If you finished in 3 hours that's ok too.
have little health. You can recharge by laying down There's only 2 Acts left.
and playing dead with
Triangle. You can afford to spend a minute recovering
if you need to, but you _ _ _ _
can always save time by just being perfect in this / \ ___| |_ | || |
fight anyway. / _ \ / __| __| | || |_
_________________________________
To begin, head up the stairs all the way to the very / ___ \ (__| |_ |__ _| __________/ TWIN SUNS Big
top. Out here, find the Boss Emblem \____
Mosin Nagant ammo. After this find Raven. She's the /_/ \_\___|\__| |_| / (bbe4)
brightest dot on your radar. \_________________________________/
She usually flies low. Get her attention with an __________________________/
assault rifle. She'll spot you
and then most likely begin by flying overhead and Skip all the scenes at the start. You'll then start the
dropping some bombs. Use the "special" sequence.
doorway you came out of as your primary shelter. If Just get to one of the exits right away and don't
she does these bombing runs, bother with anything else.
just run in here and while you're waiting, lay down After that, don't save and skip the cutscenes and
and recover some health. whatnot. Save after that when
you get control at...
After the bombing run, she'll float out in mid-air and
wait for you. Use the Shadow Moses - Snowfield
Rail Gun and try to charge up before she starts doing ------------------------
this. Have a fully charged Move forward to the left. If you want to prepare now
shot ready and fire at Raven's head when she for what's to come, go into
presents herself. Be quick because your inventory now. Have Chaff Grenades and the
she fires grenades back at you. A fully charged, well Rail Gun equipped, as well as
placed shot will take out the M82A2. Anything else is arbitrary. Proceed
half of her health bar. Now Raven will float around through this canyon. Pay
again for a few moments, but attention to the Solid Eye radar and look out for the
getting a shot after her initial floating time is difficult Gekkos. If you move quick
because she starts enough through here, you can just hug the left wall
dodging at the last second. Try if you want, but watch of this small canyon and
out for the grenades and avoid any confrontation. You'll wind up at...
so on. Wait for her to stop this attack.
Shadow Moses - Heliport
She'll probably call for her minions to attack. Duck -----------------------
into the doorway again for First thing's first. There are a lot of audio flashbacks
shelter. Now pop back out and find Raven again. She to trigger here.
might do another bombing However, we don't have time. Go ahead and trigger
run. Hide again and then wait for her to begin the the Hind D one by grabbing the
floating sequence. Again, the Chaff Grenades (especially if you don't have much or
best time to hit her is the first time she is floating in any; you'll need them
the air still. After shortly) on the helipad. Now if you're good on other
that, she moves around too much, so prepare for the ammo, go ahead and approach
first one by charging the the open hangar door. If you need some ammo, you
Rail Gun. Fire a shot at her and if you're lucky, you'll can find Mk. 2 ammo in the open
end the fight right storage room on the left, near a crawlspace, and
here. If you want, you can also use the M82A2. Make then Stun Grenades in the room
sure you get her on that
on the other side of that crawlspace. You can also
find more Mk. 2 ammo if you
are really short, up on the 2nd floor.
Now, approach the open door. Don't venture too far
in because the Scarabs are
scanning all over the place. Toss a Chaff Grenade in
and then when it goes, make
a run for it. Make a beeline for the open cargo door.
You can get through with
the duration of one Chaff Grenade, but if you want
insurance, toss another one
before you get there, so the effect lasts. Get under
and go into the Canyon. As
you can see, the Gekko are already awake.
Shadow Moses - Canyon
---------------------
If you play your cards right you can run through this
whole area which saves you
a lot of time compared to other conventional tactics.
The key is that the Gekko
are not like humans. If you're behind them and
running, they're not gonna spin
around. So watch which way they're facing and just
run. I can't really recommend
an alternate strategy, since your focus should be
getting through this area, and
not engaging the Gekkos. If you have to though, just
use the Rail Gun since it
works well. It's really not that hard.
Shadow Moses - Nuclear Warhead Storage BLDG 1F
----------------------------------------------
Proceed down the ramp and crawl under the door for
a codec call. Skip it and
move directly ahead toward the door beyond the
truck for another call. Skip that
too. Now go upstairs to the elevator and hit the
switch. Go down to the only
other floor you can pick.
Shadow Moses - Nuclear Warhead Storage BLDG B2
----------------------------------------------
Now just to save time, go down the hall and turn left,
go down that hall and go
into Otacon's office. Skip the scene and input the
password which is 48273, or
put in one of the other secret sequences if you want.
After that, skip the scene
and then head back out into the hallway.
When you turn the corner, you'll see a Gekko come
crashing in. Wait for it to
get moving and when it does, either stay there or go
across the hall to the
blocked doorway and crawl through, then head all
the way to the back with the
power conduit. From either spot, take out the Mk. II
and have it electrify the
floor by interacting with the conduit. You'll save a
little time if you go to
the conduit as Snake, instead of sending the Mk. II all
the way by itself. After
the Gekko is history, get back on the elevator.
Shadow Moses - Nuclear Warhead Storage BLDG 1F
----------------------------------------------
When the elevator arrives, get out and just drop over
the railing. Approach the
door for a scene in which yet another Gekko,
apparently smart enough to manage
an elevator, follows you. Now, since you should
undoubtedly have the Rail Gun,
that is your best primary weapon here. Just fire a
fully charged shot at its
head and be done with it. However, I like to be
meticulous and cover as many
bases as I can so I'll provide another strategy. Just
wait for the Gekko to come
down, then immediately throw down a Chaff Grenade
to knock it out for a moment.
While its stunned, take aim at its weak points with
some weapons, preferably
something with rapid fire like the M4 or a machine
gun, or a shotgun like the
M870. Bring it down and then aim at its head until it
blows up. Done. The door
opens faster this way. Proceed through.
Shadow Moses - Snowfield & Communications Tower
-----------------------------------------------
Head out and besides the ramp you can find some
Stun Grenades. There is a small
shack on the left. Inside you can find a bunch of stuff,
including Mosin Nagant
ammo. Now head down the cliffs for a scene. Skip it
and save. Get ready.
-->BOSS FIGHT - CRYING WOLF<--
I personally hated this fight a lot on Extreme. There's
a few ways you can go
about this. If you're pressed for time, you might want
to try a strategy
developed by a guy named underfox, so credit goes
to him for this. Basically,
from the start, find Wolf, avoiding or tranquilizing any
FROGs in your way. Find
her and get to the side of her so she won't see you
and chuck a Smoke Grenade at
her. The smoke will keep her still for a while. Unload
on her at this point with
the MGL-140's Stun Grenades. It takes about 5-6
rounds to take her out and it
ends the fight super quick.
However, this is kind of hard to pull off, and if you're
like me, you might not
have enough Stun Grenades for the MGL. That leaves
you with two other options.
If you've been breezing through BBE like lightning
and have a lot of time on
your hands, you can always try the Truck method.
Just hide under the truck and
tranquilize any FROGs in your view. When Crying Wolf
comes running up, she'll
drop some grenades which will hurt Snake, then run
off and get into position to
snipe with her Rail Gun. At that point, you can snipe
her with the M82A2. Since
it means you take damage, just lay flat while you're
waiting to recover health.
This obviously takes a while, around 15 minutes
sometimes. It's a relatively
safe method however, so if you have the luxury of
time, it's an option.
However, since I couldn't try the Smoke Grenade
method, and I wanted to do it a
little faster, I went with option C. Actively seek her
out and snipe her in the
head with the M82A2, then track her down again and
repeat. I found this method
to be the easiest since tracking Wolf is not hard. From
the beginning, just
tranquilize the first two FROGs by using a
combination of your infrared and the
Mk. 2. Head forward in between the stone wall and
the tower. On the walkway of
the second tower, find the FROG and tranquilize her
from below. Now as you turn
the corner of the second tower, get down and slowly
proceed into the open field
here. This is one of Wolf's potential hiding spots. She
can be in the right-hand
corner near the passage that leads to the Hind D, or
she can be on the left. If
you see her, get into position and snipe her in the
head with the M82A2. It will
do a small amount of damage, but it will suffice.
She'll then get up and run
off. Usually, if you're near something like a wall or
something, she will just
run away. There are times, and this is where you
need to be careful, she will
come right after you and her charge attack really,
really hurts.
Use the Solid Eye Radar and just what you can see
on your own to judge where
Wolf is running off to. It's really easy to get at least a
general idea of where
she went. To save some time, get up and just stay in
a crouched position and
move in that direction, as opposed to crawling there.
Just always watch out for
FROGs. Chances are you'll need to put a lot of them
back to sleep again. If you
pass any that you tranquilized before, put another
round in their bodies to keep
them shootin Z's. Find Wolf's next position and fire
again.
Continue this method while again avoiding the
FROGs. Try to move in a very
straightforward, back and forth path. That is, if you're
facing the north tower
from the exit to the Snowfield (near the passage that
leads to the Hind D), make
it so that you only move to the left of the tower, and
then to the right of the
tower. Don't go back into the area where the truck is,
and don't go too far into
the forest on the right. Chances are, by just using the
northern tower as your
jumping off point, you can find Wolf easily by just
going to the left or right
of it and using your rifle to scout the area. Keep
infrared on and you can find
her. It will take a few more rounds to put her down,
and the M82A2 method will
probably take 5-10 minutes, but it worked for me.
When the Wolf gives out its
last howl, you've got one last thing to take care of.
-->BOSS FIGHT - CRYING BEAUTY<--
As always, just use the Solar Gun or M870. Ignore
how annoying the constant
dodging is and just get your shots in until the
stamina/psyche falls to nothing.
Save your game, then head through the doorway to
the north and into the Blast
Furnace, but not before a Codec call which you
should skip.
Shadow Moses - Blast Furnace
----------------------------
Hopefully you still have some Chaff Grenades. Go
across the walkway to the left,
then hug the wall and slide across the narrow ledge
to the other one. Now toss
a Chaff Grenade down and immediately drop over
the railing to land below. Go
around the immediate corner and approach the
elevator here to activate it. The
stunning effect of the Chaff Grenade will last long
enough so don't worry. When
it comes up, get in quickly and set it for B5. Listen to
the audio flashback
along the way.
Shadow Moses - Casting Facility South
-------------------------------------
There will be a Gekko immediately in front of you as
the elevator doors open.
Another is on the other side. Don't worry about them.
Just hurry over to the
right side. You'll see the other Gekko. Let it walk
forward, then continue to
the right, getting behind the red pillars here. Watch
out for the Scarab's
scanning beam. Don't let it touch you, and when it's
safe, and also when the
Gekko turns to the left, dash forward and go to the
right door. You can find
some Mk. 2 ammo near a container here. If you take
the left door, you can also
find ammo to the left of the stairs. Head through to
the next area and save.
Shadow Moses - Casting Facility North
-------------------------------------
Now here I like to take out the Gekko just to make
things easier. It's a little
risky however since I've sometimes gotten alerted by
the Scarabs so it's up to
you. If you started on the right, aim at the Gekko
hanging on the ceiling with
the Rail Gun and fire a fully charged shot. The others
will come looking. Take
the second one out, then drop a Chaff Grenade and
take out the third one. Now
make your way onto the conveyor belt, crawl under
the machine and on the other
side, drop one more Chaff Grenade to keep the effect
going, and then head for
the door. If you started on the left, take out the
Gekkos and then drop the
Chaff, move up, cross the conveyor belt, and move
through. Drop down the ladder
and enter the door.
Shadow Moses - Underground Base
-------------------------------
Crawl through the crawlspace. Just drop another
Chaff and you can run through
this area in no time. Easy.
Shadow Moses - Underground Supply Tunnel
----------------------------------------
Go ahead and save after the scene. Another boss
fight is waiting.
When the first wave is gone, lay flat and recover any
lost health. Once the next
wave appears, start aiming again. Charge the Rail
Gun to the appropriate level
and fire. Beware of some Gekko that will appear
behind you. Turn around and aim
between REX's legs to get it. After a while, the Gekko
will start filing in one
by one in your area, getting really close. Take them
out fast and the others as
well. Eventually, they will stop coming, and the other
fight will end.
Skip the cutscene and save.

-->BOSS FIGHT - VAMP<-- Shadow Moses - Surface Tunnel

-----------------------------
I sincerely hope you got the Solar Gun. If you do, this Onboard REX, making it out of this tunnel, isn't a
fight will be over in whole lot harder than on
a matter of 15 seconds. If not, you'll have a other difficulties. Make use of both the Vulcans and
significantly harder time with the Missile Launcher. The
this. With the Solar Gun, just charge it fully once and Gekko in this tunnel seem to mob you more, so try
fire it at Vamp. A and take out as many as you
direct hit brings him down just like that. Run over to can before moving too far. Fire the Vulcans in bursts
his body and take out the so as not to overheat
Syringe. When he gets back up, CQC grab him and them. When there's a large group, opt for the Missile
hit Triangle (with the Syringe Launcher, then switch
equipped) to end it. back.

However, if you're not so lucky as to have the Solar
Gun, my second
recommendation is the M82A2. It will do a decent
amount of damage, even more so
if you can get a headshot. Headshots are easy if you
can "hide" from Vamp. This
is hard to do at the beginning of the fight, but it's
possible. Since the area
is large, just run around and hide behind the debris.
If Vamp doesn't see you,
he'll start saying "Where are you?" and the like, and
he'll be moving very
slowly. This makes headshots easier. Again, it's easier
once you've already
taken him down once, because once he hits the floor,
you can run away and hide
before he sees you. Either way, just use it, then rush
him and try to CQC him
with the Syringe.
After that, skip the scene and prep your Rail Gun. The
Suicide Gekko will begin
to pile in. The challenge here is just staying alive, but
compared to other
things you've dealt with so far, it's nothing. Take aim
at the Gekko surrounding
you with the Rail Gun and fully charge it. One will
land right in front of you,
so make that your first target. The other Gekko will
shoot at you so try to take
them out quick. Try charging it to level 2, and not a
full charge. Sometimes, if
you're lucky or just really accurate, you'll get a kill on
the Gekko with a
lower charge level on the Rail Gun. If not, just follow
it up with another quick
shot to finish the job. This is useful if you're really
surrounded, so you don't
have to charge each shot all the way.
Make sure to aim at Gekkos on the ledges to the
sides and any others that may
suddenly appear. You'll no doubt take some damage,
but it shouldn't be too much
and you'll gain all that health back soon anyway.
Focus on moving but also don't
leave too many Gekko standing. Make your way out
for a scene.
Shadow Moses - Port Area
------------------------
Skip it and save. One more fly to swat.
-->BOSS FIGHT - METAL GEAR RAY<--
Again, I don't find this fight incredibly difficult. I'd say
the biggest thing
to take advantage of here is REX's ramming attack,
which you can use by holding
the Left Analog Stick in the direction you want and
hitting X. Liquid is a
little more aggressive on Extreme so he will use RAY
to come right after you
early in the fight. See your openings and strike early
by ramming into RAY,
then following it up by hitting Triangle at the prompt.
When at a distance,
make use of the Vulcans and the Missile Launcher,
especially to keep RAY from
ramming you back.
Fire down RAY's missiles if Liquid uses them. Also
watch out for the Water
Cutter attack. Any time RAY is relatively close, try to
ram it for the Triangle
attack. Just be careful. Sometimes Liquid expects it
and shields RAY with its
arm, and that leaves you wide open.
When RAY is shuffling behind buildings, charge up
REX's laser. Try to get it to
a full charge and then fire it at Liquid, especially if he
gets close to you.
Follow it up with a Triangle attack as well. Use all of
these various attacks to
bring RAY down.
After that, skip the scenes and save if you like. Act 4
is done. Hopefully all
is ship shape and you're doing well. No kills, no
alerts. Your time after
completing Act 4 is hopefully around 3 hours, 5
minutes. 3 hours and 30 minutes
is acceptable as well. If you're nearing 4 hours,
you're cutting it close, but
it's still doable. Now, we've got one more to go. Take
a deep breath and get
ready.
_ _ ____
/ \ ___| |_ | ___|
/ _ \ / __| __| |___ \
_________________________________
/ ___ \ (__| |_ ___) | __________/ OLD SUN Big Boss
Emblem \____
/_/ \_\___|\__| |____/ / (bbe5)
\_________________________________/
_________________________/
You know the drill. Skip the briefing, scenes, etc.
When you have control, save.
Outer Haven - Ship Bow
----------------------
My strategy for this doesn't differ than in my regular
guide. Move up and then
lay low as the two FROGs appear from above. Wait
for them to get closer and then
pop them both with the Mk. 2. Proceed down this
corridor. To the right is a
crawlspace. Find some Mk. 2 ammo here if you need
it. Continue and then drop
again with two more FROGs incoming. Again, shoot
them both then move up. Stay
low as you move around the two crates. Shoot the
FROG here, then move out so you
can get a view down the next passageway. Two more
FROGs should be visible, so
pop them both. Now your way is opened, so get up
and hurry down, still favoring
the left wall.
Find the big round pillar with the stack of crates. Hug
the pillar and slip
through the space. Now move forward and when you
get far enough, lay down and
crawl again. Two more FROGs at the end of this path
will appear. Shoot them both
then move up to where they were. Stay prone and
just keep crawling, turning the
corner here. Head out to where all the crates and
such are. A Gekko appears. On
Extreme, it won't be destroyed, so you will have to
worry about two Gekko in
this area while attempting to open the door.
Just crawl out and get somewhat close to the door,
but stay in a position so
that you are blocked somewhat by some of the
objects here. Facing away from the
door, there are two Gekko down these two aisles on
the ship. The left one just
disappeared. The right one will come toward you and
look around, then eventually
turn around again. When it does, spring up
immediately and go to the door. Mash
Triangle to open it and slip inside.
Grab whatever you want here, then get on the
elevator. After that, you can find
some Mk. 2 ammo here. Now head through the door
and save.
Outer Haven - Command Center
----------------------------
Some FROGs would like to have a word with you.
Argh, can't they see I'm in a
hurry?! Oh well.
It took me a while to figure out the best strategy for
this part. Then my friend
reminded me and it seemed simple enough.
Basically, at the start, find the
closest FROG and grab her with CQC. Use her as a
shield and this basically
immobilizes the other FROGs. Take aim at them with
the Mk. 2 and pop them one by
one. When the first wave is down, throw down your
FROG and take her out as well.
The second wave shows up. Use the Mk. 2 or Mosin
Nagant and take them out on the
upper walkway. When one drops down, grab her and
use the Human Shield move again
to take out the others with little trouble.
The third wave of FROGs will appear. Again, just grab
the closest one and fire
away. That will do it. Time for the last of the B&B
Corps.
-->BOSS FIGHT - SCREAMING MANTIS<--
At the start, shake off Mantis' control by using the
Syringe from the item menu.
Next, you should take out as many of the FROGs as
possible by hitting them with
tranquilizer rounds. Also knock Meryl out by grabbing
her with CQC and using the
Syringe. Now focus on Mantis. Use something like the
M870 that has a nice blast
radius, because firing quickly is a priority here. Take
aim at the Mantis Doll
and shoot it whenever Mantis stops. Don't let her
make a move, just shoot the
doll every opportunity you get. If you wait too long
she may throw knives at
you or bring the FROGs up again to attack you.
After a few hits, Mantis will bring Meryl back up. Just
grab her and use the
Syringe again. Aim at the doll again and keep
shooting. Remember not to let her
get too comfortable. When she tries to make Meryl
shoot herself, again grab her
and use the Syringe. Now aim at the doll again and
keep shooting. With the
M870 or any other shotgun, you don't have to be too
accurate, so focus on
getting the shot off quick. Mantis will bring up one
FROG to attack you but if
you can shoot the doll, the FROG will fall down.
Eventually the Mantis Doll is dropped. Go and grab it.
Now equip it and get
ready. Mantis will come after you now and try to
attack you. Back away or roll
out of danger. She'll follow this up with a second
attack immediately after so
dodge that as well. As Mantis is floating there
following the second strike, use
the doll and try to hit her with it fast. It's a brief
window, but it's your
best shot to get her. If you miss, she'll fly around for
a moment, then come
after you again. When you have control, just tilt the
controller a few times to
lower her health and stamina/psyche. The fight ends.
The last of the Beasts, followed by the last of the
Beauties. Bring it on.
-->BOSS FIGHT - SCREAMING BEAUTY<--
Nothing to say here really. Solar Gun/M870. Fire
away. Yay.
Skip the scenes and then save.
Outer Haven - Missile Hangar
---------------------------
Just run through the first few areas until you get to
the Scarab infested
walkways. On other difficulties, you could just charge
forward and roll over the
Scarabs. Not gonna work now. The other option is the
Drum Can, which works, but
is very ineffective in the long run due to its short
usage time. The best idea
is the Chaff Grenades! Throw one and just run along
on your merry way. Toss one
more after the second corridor to keep the effect
going. Reach the exit and skip
the next scene.
Save when prompted, then skip a whole bunch of
scenes and talking. This is it,
the final showdown.
-->BOSS FIGHT - LIQUID OCELOT<--
There's not much I can say about this fight besides
an old adage. "Practice
makes perfect." That's what it comes down to. If
you've done this fight enough,
you may know how Ocelot attacks and how to dodge,
etc. If not, you'll be getting
a crash course now. It's annoying I know, but this is
the last fight so just
bear down.
Phase One starts and he's got a few punches, kicks,
and the ramming attack. Get
used to blocking and dodging a lot. For Phase One,
you can try to stay defensive
by blocking and then striking back with a punch
combo. You'll take small bits of
damage by the ramming attack, but not much if you
block that. Try to corner him
and you might get extra hits when he gets up, but
this doesn't always work. You
can also hold R1 for CQC grabs, but these are risky
because when the Triangle
prompt appears, if you don't hit Triangle or if you
don't hit it fast enough,
Ocelot will reverse it on you. The other thing you can
do is just try to dodge
his kicks and ramming attacks, then strike back with
a combo. The key is to try
and not take too much damage in this first part.
Thanks to ZombieHuggles for the
Blocking strategy.
One thing to keep in mind, and I separate this from
the rest of the strategy for
good reason, is that you can heal yourself in this
fight. The first time Ocelot
knocks you down, he'll do a taunt, and you need to
wait for the Triangle prompt
to appear to get back up. Next time you get knocked
on your ass however, get
back up quickly with X. As Ocelot does his taunt, hold
Triangle to do a special
action that will heal some of Snake's life! This is
extremely helpful in the
long run of things. If you came out of Phase One a
little bruised, it will help.
The thing is, if you get up too fast, Ocelot may not do
the taunt. Also, doing
this means he has to knock you down first of all.
In Phase Two, Ocelot brings that power punch that is
extremely annoying. It's
like the kiss of death. Avoid it all costs. He advertises
it well by winding up
and saying "Take this!". Try not to be too close. Force
Ocelot to get closer to
use that attack. Then when it's coming, dodge and
quickly counterattack. I know
it sounds easy, but it might not be at first. Trust me
though. If you keep doing
this, you'll eventually learn when to predict the
attacks and you'll get better.
Dodge that punch every time and counter with
combos or CQC if you can pull it
off without him reversing it on you. Eventually he'll
go down again and that's
when you can fight back. At this point, it's out of my
hands. I can only advise
you. It will come down to how well you can learn a
pattern and how fast you can
react and counter.
Finally comes the last important phase, the CQC one.
This can get annoying fast
if you've struggled to get here and you have low
health. His headbutt move, is
hard to see coming and it's the one move that can
kill you. Snake's health can
be depleted, but if his psyche is still up he will live. A
headbutt from Ocelot
will end the fight though so it's frustrating. Try to
keep your strategy similar
to the last phase. Stay back and see if he will try
some punches. When he does,
dodge and then counterattack. This might be hard,
so some other tips are to try
and keep a safe distance and while he's coming
closer, start a combo. The first
punches are supposed to miss, but sometimes you
can nail him with the kicks.
It's not foolproof, but it might help. Otherwise, one
thing that worked for me
was to rush him with the dash punch. He often will
back away and then try to
get closer, so if you miss, quickly reverse direction
and dash back. Keep trying
and you might get a hit or two. If you manage to stun
him, follow it with a
combo. This phase is pretty frustrating, but it can be
done. I had to do this
fight my first time with a splitting headache, so
imagine how I felt! He'll go
down eventually. It's almost over.
Now you're probably thinking, "Phew. Now comes the
easy part." You wish. I
actually got to the final phase, just to lose. Yeah...
Not gonna go into detail
how pissed off I was. In any case, you do not want to
blow the fight here. This
little "movie fight" phase is just as dangerous. As
soon as you see the screen
change, lumber toward Ocelot. Wait about 3 seconds
and then let loose a punch.
If you miss, he'll fire back. That's ok, but don't let him
hit you again. Or
else this will fall out of reach quick. If you make or
miss the first punch,
wait for that subtle change in the screen that tells
you it's time to fight
again. Immediately hit R1 again. Wait for it again,
then quickly hit R1 again.
Keep doing this and do not let more than a second go
by or else Ocelot will
strike. Keep it up a few times until finally, it ends.
Skip all the scenes. The first part of the credits roll.
Skip a whole lot more
cutscenes. More credits roll. After that....
*drumroll*
Congrats! You have earned the Big Boss Emblem! You
have unlocked the Patriot,
and the Big Boss FaceCamo. On top of that, besides
the Big Boss Emblem, you'll
also earn the FoxHound, Fox, Hound, Mantis, Wolf,
Raven, Octopus, and Pigeon
emblems, perhaps more depending on how you
played. If you haven't gotten some of
these emblems until now, you might also unlock the
Type 17 Pistol, the Desert
Eagle (Long Barrel), and the Thor .45-70. Schwing!
Also for getting the Big Boss
Emblem, you'll get the Big Boss song for your iPod! If
you were like me, you
will probably want to reload your completed game
file (not on Extreme again
though, haha) and try out your new toys. The Patriot
is fun enough, playing the
Snake Eater fanfare when you aim with it. Really
cool.
After that however... Congratulations! You've earned
the Bandanna, Stealth, and
the Solar Gun! On top of that, you'll earn the Pigeon
and Octopus
Emblems, among others. Schwing!
______________________________________________________
___________
/ \
-]| Extras (exra) |[-
\_____________________________________________________
____________/
*===============================
================================
=========*
Non-lethal Boss Strategies (nlbb)
*===============================
================================
=========*
Since I had to scrap my No Kills/Alerts walkthrough,
all of the information was
deleted. However, the BBE guide does not go over a
few things that was covered
in the former. Namely, the Solar Gun and the
FaceCamo. So I'll just be keeping
the strategies for beating the B&B Corps non-lethally,
with the exception of
Screaming Mantis. I may add more to this in the
future.
1. Laughing Octopus
[]=====BOSS FIGHT - LAUGHING
OCTOPUS==========================
===============[]
| Aha! So we meet again you.... crazy,
tentacle woman thing... Yeah.... |
|Anyways, now that we're going to be attempting a
stamina kill, your weapon |
|choice will be different and much more limited this
time around. Your best |
|friend here is the M870 which I sincerely hope you
have found our bought from|
|Drebin. Make sure you have purchased V-Ring ammo
for it. It's the only type |
|of ammo that makes this work. I also like to use the
Mosin Nagant sometimes |
|and on occasion, Stun Grenades. If you are indeed
playing this for the second|
|time, you have the MGL-140. You can use it if you'd
like, but it's preferable|
|not to because of the flash. If she's far away though,
go for it. |
| Anyway, you should know Octopus'
attacks (and if you don't check the |
|first strategy for her in the standard walkthrough).
The key here is to keep |
|firing at her head with the M870 and V-Ring ammo.
It doesn't do a whole lot, |
|but it's really the best you've got. You'll be tasked
with tracking her down |
|the whole time. Remember all her hiding spots well.
She hides in the hallway,|
|on the ceiling, in the painting at the end of one hall,
in the ceiling in the|
|lab room, as a machine in the lab room, as a box in
the small storage room, |
|as a marionette (across from the real one), and as a
limp soldier. Snuff her |
|out by using the infrared setting on the Solid Eye to
see her lit up like a |
|Christmas tree, and also the radar to tell where she
might be located when |
|she talks. Find her and use the M870 or the Mosin
Nagant to headshot her, |
|then when she vanishes, you can repeat the whole
process over again. |
| Shake off her bombs when she sends
them out and they latch onto you by|
|rolling. When Octopus starts coming through the
windows, fend her off with |
|the M870 and if she's far away down the hall, you
can use the MGL-140 Stun |
|Grenades, but again, it's not the best option due the
blinding and the fact |
|that, unfortunately, they don't do much damage.
This will be a long fight |
|trying to deplete her stamina so healing items may
become important. Keep up |
|your attacks and make sure to dodge her roll attack
if you can. Remember that|
|halfway through she'll disguise herself as the Mk. II.
After you turn the |
|Corner go no farther and hit her from afar. When she
disguises herself as |
|Naomi, just give her a Mosin Nagant round to the
head. Keep up your attacks |
|with the M870 after that and watch for her as she
continues to bound in and |
|out of the windows. Eventually you'll deplete that
stamina to zero, and the |
|fight will be won.
| |because again, they do NOT count as kills. Also,
[]===============================
================================
============[]
To find the Laughing Octopus doll....
[]=====BOSS FIGHT - LAUGHING
BEAUTY===========================
===============[]
| Ok, first thing's first. Turn left and enter
the lab room. Go into the|
|next room to the right which is the other room with a
bed. On top of this bed|
|(use infrared) you will find the Laughing Octopus
Doll. This is the prime |
|reason you stamina killed the Beast form, and is the
reason you'll be doing |
|the same for the rest of the B&B Corps. If you have
these already, you can |
|ignore that and also ignore the stamina killing
aspect for the Beast form. |
| With the doll in hand, turn your sights on
Laughing Beauty. You can go|
|ahead and search for items first if you wish, but you
know what you must do |
|eventually. We have to stamina kill her too, because
we obviously want to |
|keep kills at 0 and bosses do indeed count. The
M870 works wonders on these |
|sidestepping witches. It's very easy to get shots on
them and it does a lot |
|of damage. Just three should be more than enough
to take her down and end |
|this. Non-lethally of course.
|
[]===============================
================================
============[]
2. Raging Raven
[]=====BOSS FIGHT - RAGING
RAVEN============================
=================[]
| Ironically, you might find the stamina kill
strategy to be quicker and|
|more efficient than the normal strategy for Raven.
Then again, you might be |
|playing it on a lower difficulty like how this guide
was written for, so it |
|could just be that. Anyways...
|
| You should know Raven's attacks, and if
not, seek out the first |
|strategy on her. Your best friend in this fight is the
Mosin Nagant so you |
|better have it. Another fine choice is the M870, but
the Mosin Nagant is just|
|money here so we're gonna use that. My personal
preference is to go up to the|
|top floor, but depending on your strategy you might
want the 2nd floor. |
| Now on the top floor balcony, just take
aim and look for Raven. You |
|can go ahead and use the M4 or whatever you want
to shoot down her minions |
even though Raven's minions |
|can spot you with their searchlights and it makes the
"!" sound like you got |
|an alert, this is not an alert so don't be alarmed.
Again, you can't get an |
|alert here so don't be concerned.
|
| The basic strategy is to find Raging Raven
in your scope and fire at |
|her with the Mosin Nagant. The damage she takes
from it is considerable so it|
|won't take very long to end this fight. The key is to
keep moving and avoid |
|her grenades. She hovers in the air for a few
moments, then fires a grenade |
|and flies off. Learn the timing of this in case you
can't get your shot off |
|so you can move to avoid the blast. Also be wary of
her "bombing run" attack |
|if she does it. One thing to keep in mind when using
the Mosin Nagant on her |
|is that she doesn't always flinch when you shoot her
with it. That means that|
|even if you land a hit on her, she might still shoot a
grenade at you so be |
|careful. If you prefer not to stay out in the open, it's
your choice, but on |
|Naked Normal and with the power of the Mosin
Nagant, this fight is pretty |
|easy. Just keep up the attack and she'll go down in
no time. | her again and you can |
[]===============================
================================
============[]
Hold on to your pants though (wait, what?), because
this isn't over just yet!
You've got to get the Raging Raven doll.
[]=====BOSS FIGHT - RAGING
BEAUTY===========================
=================[]
| By now, these things should be very
elementary if you have indeed been|
|through the game once before already. You have the
freedom to search for some|
|items but there's one in particular we're after here.
Go upstairs all the way|
|to the top floor. As soon as you come out the door
onto the balcony, turn |
|right. In that corner there, you'll find the Raging
Raven Doll. That's three |
|now so we're on our way.
| |crawl out from under the truck a bit to get a better
| As for Raging Beauty, she will probably
have followed you up here and |
|will most likely be moving at a fast pace. Ready your
M870 and fire it at her|
|to slow her down and hopefully get a hit. Just avoid
her and keep using the |
|M870's V-Ring ammo (remember, no kills!) to reduce
her stamina to nothing and|
|the fight will end.
| |faster. Under infrared, you can see those glowing
[]===============================
================================
============[]
3. Crying Wolf
[]=====BOSS FIGHT - CRYING
WOLF============================
===================[]
| Well, this fight can be really annoying but
the FROGs can't alert you |
|here so you don't have to worry about that. Basically
the strategy here comes |
|down to two simple things, and they both involve
the trusty Mosin Nagant. Also|
|keep in mind that you can't kill the FROGs but they
can be a nuisance so | |
|you're better off tranquilizing them when you can.
| |the truck because it takes them out of the equation
| Basically, the best thing to do here is
either wait for or track down |
|Crying Wolf and snipe her with the Mosin Nagant
when she exposes her head. It |
|will do a good amount of damage and using this
method will not take long, but |
|it depends on how you go about it. You can opt to
track her by staying |
|downwind and finding her initial hiding spot. Wait
until she comes out of her |
|shell and then fire away. You just need to be wary of
the FROGs so tranquilize|
|them. Then, when Crying Wolf flees, just track her
footprints and use other |
|tools like the Solid Eye and the radar to help you find
|just continue this process.
|
| The problem here is the FROGs and the
fact that they can alert you and |
|that you're putting yourself at risk whenever you're
out in the open because |
|the Solid Eye, a very important tool for this battle,
can tip them off to your|
|whereabouts. Also, the replacement FROGs will
come by and wake up the ones you|
|have taken down so that makes things even more
difficult. This strategy works |
|and it's a good idea if you want to finish this fight
quickly, but... the most|
|cautious strategy is the truck one.
|
| Just stay hidden underneath the truck and
camp out there for the entire|
|fight. Just wait for Wolf to come by and snipe her
exposed head when you get |
|the chance. Also make sure the FROGs are taken
down, just in case you need to |
shot on Wolf. The worst |
|that can happen here is that it just takes long and
you might take a little |
|damage if Wolf runs up and drops grenades. It's the
most careful strategy |
|however and you won't have to worry about the
alerts. |
| There is also a way with the "Truck
Strategy" to make things a little |
cables on the Wolf's sides. |
|You can shoot these while she's walking around and
sniffing about. A good shot|
|will trigger an explosion that will hopefully hurt her.
It takes out both her |
|health and her stamina. The health will not be a
problem though if you've been|
|reducing her stamina already so don't worry. This is
not key reason for this |
|strategy however. The important thing is after you
shoot her cables, she'll |
|run about for a while, and usually stop, expose her
head to try and snipe you,|
|which in effect, expedites the process, allowing you
to hit her with the Mosin|
|Nagant sooner.
|
Wolf is not tough, it's just the FROGs. I
totally recommend just using |
completely. However, as a |
|last strategy, if you're in a real hurry, you can also
use the Rail Gun (which|
|again, is not an option if you're playing through the
first time) to take her |
|out really, really fast. Just watch for the FROGs and
take aim, eventually |
|this beast will fall.
| DMG - Lethality of the gun in terms of damage dealt
[]===============================
================================
=============[]
Well, as usual, we're not quite done. After the scene,
whip out that M870 and
prepare for another beautiful battle. Time to get the
Crying Wolf doll.
[]=====BOSS BATTLE - CRYING
BEAUTY===========================
=================[]
| The first order of business, as always, is
to find that Doll. From the |
|starting point, you can find it by turning around and
going a ways to the left|
|after turning around. It should be stowed away in
the corner there. If you |
|find Stun Grenades, you went the wrong way, so just
hug the wall and go in the|
|other direction to find the Crying Wolf Doll. Great,
one more to go. |
| As for Crying Beauty, well, just give it to
her (no, not that!). Fire a|
|few V-Ring shots into her and without much effort,
she should go down. There |
|are of course, other methods, but this is my
preferred one. When she's down, |
|it's time to move on.
| something, or is just
[]===============================
================================
=============[]
*===============================
================================
=========*
Weapon Index (wpin)
*===============================
================================
=========*
Here's a list of all the weapons in the game. They're
catalogued first by
guns which have attributes and then the "Other"
category follows that. They're
divided into each class of weapon, which you can
view on the Weapon Menu while
in-game. The following tables will show you each
gun's attributes so that you
can easily compare them to one another. Any special
abilities or other notes
will also be made available.
Attributes
----------
First, there are the gun attributes. You can see these
on the top right of
your screen when looking at a gun in the menu. You'll
see several boxes aligned
vertically with symbols and letters. The symbols
represent the attributes, and
the letters are the grade of the gun's effectiveness in
that category. The
attributes are as follows:
SLP - How effective the gun is in putting enemies
asleep
STN - How effective the gun is in stunning enemies
SHK - The range in which the gun is effective
PNT - The gun's ability to pierce through surfaces
STB - How much recoil the gun has
RLD - How long the gun takes to reload
LKD - How effective the gun is when Auto-Aim is
enabled
CAP - This stat isn't included in the table. It's the
gun's capacity for ammo.
All of this info can be found in the tables below.
Weapon Index Info
-----------------
This is even more relevant info provided by me. It
includes information on where
to find all of the weapons in the game and any other
things worth noting.
Type: Whether or not the weapon is Non-Lethal,
Lethal, or can be both
Drebin's Shop?: Yes/No on whether this weapon can
be purchased from Drebin
Obtained: How the gun is obtained (typically, where
it can be found)
Special/Notes: If the gun has a special feature or
interesting, there will be mention of it
Customization
-------------
And last but not least, many of your weapons can be
customized with certain
attachments. Finding attachments that fit your style
of play can be fun and
make different weapons more appealing. There are
several mounting areas
depending on the gun, and each one can have more
than one possible attachment.
In the index below, if a weapon can be customized,
all the possible attachments
will be listed to the right of the table.
[Muzzle Mount]
-Suppressor: Silences the gun to reduce noise when
fired
[Bottom Mount]
-Flash Light: Lights dark areas and can blind enemies
very briefly
-GP30: Grenade launcher mount. Needs to be
reloaded after each shot
-XM320: Greande launcher mount. Needs to be
reloaded after each shot
-Master Key: Shotgun mount |8|-|D|-|C|E|B|S|B|
'-----------------------------------'
-Foregrip A/B: Increases stability and accuracy when
firing rapidly Type: Lethal
Drebin's Shop?: Yes - Cost: 3000 DP
Obtained: In Act 1 - Militia Safehouse, make the left
[Left Mount] at the first fork to find
a room with dead PMCs. This is in there on the
-Laser Sight: Allows user to see where bullets will hit ground.

[Right Mount] ______________

|-[Five-SeveN]-| Customization
-Flash Light: Lights dark areas and can blind enemies |______________|____________________
very briefly |CAP|SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD| Bottom
Mount: Flash Light
[Top Mount] |-----------------------------------|
|20 | - | D | - | D | B | B | S | B |
-Dot Sight: An optional sight system to assist in '-----------------------------------'
aiming in first person
Type: Lethal
-Scope: An optional sight system for hitting distant Drebin's Shop?: Yes - Cost: 6000 DP
targets Obtained: Dropped by some FROG soldiers in Act 1 -
Advent Palace and Act 2
Notes: Primary pistol used by FROGs. Also used by
Snake in Ghost Babel

_______
|-[PMM]-|
HANDGUNS |_______|___________________________
-------- |CAP|SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD|
|-----------------------------------|
Pistols are a primary gun for any agent. |12 | - | D | - | D | E | A | S | B |
'-----------------------------------'
________________
|-[Mk. 2 Pistol]-| Type: Lethal
|________________|__________________ Drebin's Shop?: Yes - 3500 DP
|CAP|SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD| Obtained: Carried by the Resistance member in Act 3
|-----------------------------------|
|10 | D | - | - | - | E | S | A | B | _______
'-----------------------------------' |-[PSS]-|
|_______|___________________________
Type: Non-Lethal |CAP|SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD|
Drebin's Shop?: No |-----------------------------------|
Obtained: Given by Otacon (Mk. II) in Act 1 - Red |6|-|D|-|D|C|A|S|B|
Zone '-----------------------------------'
Notes: Single shot
Type: Lethal
____________ Drebin's Shop?: Yes - 5000 DP
|-[Operator]-| Customization Obtained: Dropped by Scarabs.
|____________|______________________ -Found in Act 1 - Millennium Park in the fountain area
|CAP|SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD| Muzzle right before Liquid's
Mount: Suppressor camp. In the bottom corner there is a metal shed.
|-----------------------------------| Bottom Mount: Flash Light Beside it is a dumpster and
|7|-|D|-|C|E|B|S|B| behind the dumpster is the gun.
'-----------------------------------' -Found in Act 2 - Mountain Trail in one of the early
dead-end paths. There is a
Type: Lethal house where a PMC waits to ambush Snake. To the
Drebin's Shop?: No right side of the house is the
Obtained: Given by Otacon (Mk. II) in Act 1 - Red gun.
Zone Notes: Built in silencer
Notes: Snake's default hand gun in MGS4, suppressor
available ________
|-[G18C]-| Customization
_______ |________|__________________________
|-[GSR]-| Customization |CAP|SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD| Bottom
|_______|___________________________ Mount: Flash Light
|CAP|SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD| Bottom |-----------------------------------|
Mount: Flash Light |33 | - | D | - | D | C | C | S | A |
|-----------------------------------| '-----------------------------------'
 '-----------------------------------'
Type: Lethal
Drebin's Shop?: Yes - 8000 DP Type: Lethal
Obtained: Carried by some Rebels in Act 2 Drebin's Shop?: No
Notes: Has full auto-fire, so it fires like an uzi almost. Obtained: Awarded for earning the Fox Emblem.
Enter "deskyhstyl" as a password.
__________ Special: Has a scope attached with two zoom
|-[Mk. 23]-| Customization settings
|__________|________________________
|CAP|SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD| Muzzle _______________
Mount: Suppressor |-[1911 Custom]-| Customization
|-----------------------------------| |_______________|___________________
|12 | - | D | - | C | E | B | S | A | |CAP|SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD| Muzzle
'-----------------------------------' Mount: Suppressor
|-----------------------------------|
Type: Lethal |7|-|D|-|C|E|A|S|S|
Drebin's Shop?: No '-----------------------------------'
Obtained: Act 4 - Heliport. Crawl under the truck in
front of the Tank Hangar. Type: Lethal
Notes: Snake's main gun from Metal Gear Solid 1. Drebin's Shop?: No
Has a built in light attachment Obtained: Enter "1aytmmymhk" as a Password on
the Extras menu
____________ Notes: The primary pistol used by Big Boss in
|-[Race Gun]-| Operation Snake Eater
|____________|______________________
|CAP|SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD| _______________
|-----------------------------------| |-[Thor .45-70]-|
|19 | - | E | - | D | E | A | S | B | |_______________|___________________
'-----------------------------------' |CAP|SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD|
|-----------------------------------|
Type: Lethal |1|-|A|-|S|A|D|A|B|
Drebin's Shop?: No '-----------------------------------'
Obtained: Beat the game once on any difficulty
Notes: Has some slight ricochet Type: Lethal
Drebin's Shop?: No
___________ Obtained: Awarded for earning the Fox Hound
|-[Type 17]-| Emblem
|___________|_______________________ Notes: Extremely powerful. Has a small sight system
|CAP|SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD|
|-----------------------------------| _____________
|10 | - | D | - | C | E | B | A | A | |-[Solar Gun]-|
'-----------------------------------' |_____________|_____________________
|CAP|SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD|
Type: Lethal |-----------------------------------|
Drebin's Shop?: No |-| |-|S|-|E|S|E|B|
Obtained: Awarded for earning the Hound Emblem '-----------------------------------'
Notes: The signature gun used by Eva in Metal Gear
Solid 3 and Big Mama in MGS4 Type: Non-Lethal
Drebin's Shop?: No
________________ Obtained: Clear the game having obtained all five
|-[Desert Eagle]-| statues/dolls (FROG and B&B)
|________________|__________________ Special: Uses and can only be recharged with
|CAP|SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD| sunlight. Strong against Vampires.
|-----------------------------------|
|7|-|C|-|A|E|D|S|B|
'-----------------------------------'

Type: Lethal SUBMACHINE GUNS

Drebin's Shop?: Yes - 20,000 DP ---------------
Obtained: Dropped by Scarabs
Notes: Signature gun used by Meryl in MGS1 and _______
MGS4 |-[P90]-| Customization
|_______|___________________________
____________________________ |CAP|SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD| Muzzle
|-[Desert Eagle (Long Barel]-| Mount: Suppressor
|____________________________|______ |-----------------------------------| Left Mount: Laser Sight
|CAP|SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD| |50 | - | D | - | D | B | B | B | B | Right Mount: Flash
|-----------------------------------| Light
|7|-|C|-|A|E|D|S|B| '-----------------------------------'

Type: Lethal
Drebin's Shop?: Yes - 5000 DP
Obtained: Carried by FROGs
Notes: The primary weapon wielded by FROGs
_______
|-[M10]-|
|_______|___________________________
|CAP|SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD| Muzzle
Mount: Suppressor
|-----------------------------------|
|30 | - | D | - | C | E | B | B | B |
'-----------------------------------'
|-[Patriot]-|
|___________|_______________________
|CAP|SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD|
|-----------------------------------|
|-|-|D|-|B|E|C|-|B|
'-----------------------------------'
Type: Lethal
Customization
Drebin's Shop?: No
Obtained: Awarded for earning the Big Boss Emblem
Special: Has infinite ammo and never needs to be
reloaded. Was used by The Boss
in Operation Snake Eater. Plays the Snake Eater
fanfare when aimed.

Type: Lethal
Drebin's Shop?: Yes - 3000 DP
RIFLES
Obtained: Carried by some Rebels in Act 2
------
_______
|-[MP7]-| Customization
_________
|_______|___________________________
|-[AK102]-| Customization
|CAP|SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD| Top
|_________|_________________________
Mount: Dot Sight, Scope
|CAP|SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD| Bottom
|-----------------------------------|
Mount: GP30
|20 | - | E | - | E | B | A | B | A |
|-----------------------------------|
'-----------------------------------'
|30 | - | D | - | E | C | C | B | D |
'-----------------------------------'
Type: Lethal
Drebin's Shop?: Yes - 3000 DP
Type: Lethal
Obtained: Carried by PMCs
Drebin's Shop?: No
Obtained: Snake picks it up automatically in Act 1 -
__________
Red Zone NW Sector
|-[Vz. 83]-|
|__________|________________________
_____________
|CAP|SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD|
|-[M4 Custom]-| Customization
|-----------------------------------|
|_____________|_____________________
|20 | - | D | - | D | E | B | B | S |
|CAP|SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD| Top
'-----------------------------------'
Mount: Dot Sight, Scope
|-----------------------------------| Muzzle Mount: Suppressor
Type: Lethal
|30 | - | D | - | E | C | C | B | D | Bottom Mount: XM320,
Drebin's Shop?: No
Masterkey, Fore Grip
Obtained: Given to Snake by Big Mama in Act 3
'-----------------------------------' Left Mount: Laser Sight
Right Mount: Flash Light
_________
Type: Lethal
|-[Bizon]-|
Drebin's Shop?: No
|_________|_________________________
Obtained: Given to Snake by Drebin in Act 1
|CAP|SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD|
Notes: Snake's default rifle in MGS4. Highly
|-----------------------------------|
customizable.
|64 | - | D | - | D | E | B | B | A |
'-----------------------------------'
__________
|-[Mk. 17]-| Customization
Type: Lethal
|__________|________________________
Drebin's Shop?: Yes - 7000 DP
|CAP|SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD| Top
Obtained: No locations; Drebin's Shop only
Mount: Dot Sight, Scope
|-----------------------------------| Bottom Mount: Fore Grip
__________
|20 | - | C | - | C | C | C | B | D | Left Mount: Laser Sight
|-[MP5SD2]-|
'-----------------------------------' Right Mount: Flash Light
|__________|________________________
|CAP|SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD|
Type: Lethal
|-----------------------------------|
Drebin's Shop?: Yes - 3500 DP
|30 | - | E | - | D | E | B | C | B |
Obtained: Carried by many PMCs. Found in Act 1 -
'-----------------------------------'
Militia Safehouse in the room
with the dead PMCs after taking a left at the first
Type: Lethal
fork.
Drebin's Shop?: Yes - 15,000 DP
Obtained: No locations; Drebin's Shop only
________
|-[G3A3]-|
___________
|________|__________________________
|CAP|SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD|
|-----------------------------------|
|20 | - | C | - | C | C | C | C | E |
'-----------------------------------'
Type: Lethal
Drebin's Shop?: Yes - 4000 DP
Obtained: Carried by a few Rebels in Act 2
_______________
|-[FAL Carbine]-|
|_______________|___________________
|CAP|SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD|
|-----------------------------------|
|20 | - | C | - | C | C | C | B | D |
'-----------------------------------'
Type: Lethal
Drebin's Shop?: Yes - 4500 DP
Obtained: No locations; Drebin's Shop only
________
|-[AN94]-| Customization
|________|__________________________
|CAP|SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD| Bottom
Mount: GP30
|-----------------------------------|
|30 | - | D | - | E | C | B | B | D |
'-----------------------------------'
Type: Lethal
Drebin's Shop?: Yes - 5000 DP
Obtained: Found in one of the houses in Act 2 - Cove
Valley Village
_______
|-[XM8]-| Customization
|_______|___________________________
|CAP|SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD| Bottom
Mount: XM320
|-----------------------------------|
|30 | - | D | - | E | C | C | B | D |
'-----------------------------------'
Type: Lethal
Drebin's Shop?: No
Obtained: In Act 2 - Power Station, go down the trail
with the Rebels after the
station is destroyed. In the area with the large piles
of wood, there is a small
wooden roof hanging over this gun.
Notes: Primary weapon used by Rat Pt 01
_______________
|-[Tanegashima]-|
|_______________|___________________
|CAP|SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD|
|-----------------------------------|
|1 | - | C | - | B | E | B | E | D |
'-----------------------------------'
Type: Lethal
Drebin's Shop?: Yes - 1,000,000 DP
Obtained: No locations; Drebin's Shop only
Special: Has a 33% chance of summoning a tornado
when fired outdoors.
__________
|-[M14EBR]-| Customization
|__________|________________________
|CAP|SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD| Muzzle
Mount: Suppressor
|-----------------------------------| Left Mount: Laser Sight
|20 | - | C | - | C | B | D | B | - | Right Mount: Flash
Light
'-----------------------------------'
Type: Lethal
Drebin's Shop?: Yes - 9000 DP
Obtained: Carried by some PMCs
Notes: Sniper Rifle
_________
|-[DSR-1]-|
|_________|_________________________
|CAP|SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD|
|-----------------------------------|
|5|-|B|-|A|A|D|C|-|
'-----------------------------------'
Type: Lethal
Drebin's Shop?: Yes - 20,000 DP
Obtained: There is one FROG on Act 2 - Mountain
Trail (the second part) that
carries this. It's in a small area where Naomi's heels
are used as a trap.
Notes: Sniper Rifle
_______
|-[SVD]-|
|_______|___________________________
|CAP|SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD|
|-----------------------------------|
|10 | - | C | - | B | A | E | B | - |
'-----------------------------------'
Type: Lethal
Drebin's Shop?: Yes - 18,000 DP
Obtained: In Act 2 - Cove Valley Village, enter the
barn. Climb the ladder and
perform a roll to get over the gap to a ledge where
you can find this.
Notes: Sniper Rifle
_______
|-[VSS]-|
|_______|___________________________
|CAP|SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD|
|-----------------------------------|
|10 | - | D | - | D | A | D | B | - |
'-----------------------------------'
Type: Lethal
Drebin's Shop: No
Obtained: In Act 2 - Confinement Facility. Reach a
very small base at the end
of a long road by taking the secret Rebel's path from
Power Station and go all
the way north. Inside this base there is a room with a
large hole in the floor.
This gun can be found on the floor beside the hole.
Special: Silenced Sniper Rifle
________________
|-[Mosin-Nagant]-|
|________________|__________________
|CAP|SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD|
|-----------------------------------|
|5 | B | - | - | A | E | D | B | - |
'-----------------------------------'
Type: Non-Lethal
Drebin's Shop?: Yes - 60,000 DP
Obtained: No locations; Drebin's Shop only
Notes: Bolt-action rifle used by The End in Metal Gear
Solid 3.
_________
|-[M82A2]-|
|_________|________________________
|CAP|SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD|
|-----------------------------------|
|10 | - | S | - | S | S |E | B | - |
'-----------------------------------'
Type: Lethal
Drebin's Shop?: Yes - 200,000 DP
Obtained: No locations; Drebin's Shop only
Notes: Extremely powerful Sniper Rifle with a sleek
sight system. Used by Akiba
____________
|-[Rail Gun]-|
|____________|_____________________
|CAP|SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD|
|-----------------------------------|
|40 | - | S | - | S | S |C | D | - |
'-----------------------------------'
Type: Lethal
Drebin's Shop?: No
Obtained: Recovered after the fight with Crying Wolf
in Act 4
Notes: Has three levels of charge and has a scope
that can zoom. Used by Fortune
in Metal Gear Solid 2, and Crying Wolf in MGS4
OTHER FIREARMS
--------------
_________
|-[HK21E]-|
|_________|_________________________
|CAP|SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD|
|-----------------------------------|
|100| - | C | - | C | C | C | D | E |
'-----------------------------------'
Type: Lethal
Drebin's Shop?: Yes - 6000 DP
Obtained: No locations; Drebin's Shop only
Notes: Machine Gun
_________
|-[M60E4]-| Customization
|_________|_________________________
|CAP|SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD| Top
Mount: Dot Sight, Scope
|-----------------------------------| Bottom Mount: Fore Grip
|200| - | C | - | C | C | C | E | E | Left Mount: Laser
Sight
'-----------------------------------' Right Mount: Flash Light
Type: Lethal
Drebin's Shop?: Yes - 10,000 DP
Obtained: Carried by PMCs in Act 2
Notes: Machine Gun
_______
|-[PKM]-|
|_______|___________________________
|CAP|SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD|
|-----------------------------------|
|100| - | C | - | B | C | D | E | E |
'-----------------------------------'
Type: Lethal
Drebin's Shop?: Yes - 9000 DP
Obtained: Carried by Rebels in Act 2
Notes: Machine Gun
_______________
|-[Mk. 46 MOD1]-| Customization
|_______________|___________________
|CAP|SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD| Top
Mount: Dot Sight, Scope
|-----------------------------------| Bottom Mount: Fore Grip
|100| - | D | - | B | C | C | E | D | Left Mount: Laser
Sight
'-----------------------------------' Right Mount: Flash Light
Type: Lethal
Drebin's Shop?: Yes - 9000 DP
Obtained: No locations; Drebin's Shop only
Notes: Machine Gun
_______________
|-[Twin Barrel]-|
|_______________|____________________________
|CAP|Ammo |SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD|
|--------------------------------------------|
| 2 |Buckshot| - | B | | S | B | E | A | C |
| 2 |Slug | - | B | - | S | S | E | A | C |
| 2 |V-Ring | - | - | B | S | E | E | A | C |
'--------------------------------------------'
Type: Lethal (Buckshot/Slug) and Non-Lethal (V-Ring)
Drebin's Shop?: Yes - 25,000 DP
Obtained: In Act 2 - Cove Valley Village, it's in the
house the Rebels unlock
Notes: Shotgun that uses three types of ammo
_______________
|-[M870 Custom]-| Customization
|_______________|____________________________
|CAP|Ammo |SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD|
Top Mount: Dot Sight, Scope
|--------------------------------------------|
|4/5|Buckshot| - | B | - | S | B | D | E | C |
|4/5|Slug | - | B | - | S | S | D | E | C |
|4/5|V-Ring | - | - | B | S | E | D | E | C |
'--------------------------------------------'
Type: Lethal (Buckshot/Slug) and Non-Lethal (V-Ring)
Drebin's Shop?: Yes - 30,000 DP
Obtained: In Act 2 - Confinement Facility, there is a
small house on the grounds
where you'll find this.
Notes: Shotgun that uses three types of ammo
_____________
|-[Saiga 12 ]-|
|_____________|______________________________
|CAP|Ammo |SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD|
|--------------------------------------------|
| 8 |Buckshot| - | B | - | S | B | D | B | C |
| 8 |Slug | - | B | - | S | S | D | B | C |
| 8 |V-Ring | - | - | B | S | E | D | B | C |
'--------------------------------------------'
Type: Lethal (Buckshot/Slug) and Non-Lethal (V-Ring)
Drebin's Shop?: Yes - 40,000 DP
Obtained: No locations; Drebin's Shop only
Notes: Shotgun that uses three types of ammo
________
|-[XM25]-|
|________|__________________________
|CAP|SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD|
|-----------------------------------|
|6|-|A|-|S|-|E|B|-|
'-----------------------------------'
Type: Lethal
Drebin's Shop?: Yes - 80,000 DP
Obtained: On the highest level of the northern tower
in Act 4 - Snowfield and
Communications Tower.
Notes: Grenade Launcher
___________
|-[MGL-140]-|
|___________|________________________________
|CAP|Ammo |SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD|
Bottom Mount: Fore Grip
|--------------------------------------------| Right Mount: Flash
Light
| 6 |Grenade | - | A | - | S | - | E | E | - |
| 6 |WP G | - | A | - | S | - | E | E | - |
| 6 |Stun G | - | - | A | B | - | E | E | - |
| 6 |Smoke G | - | - | - | B | - | E | E | - |
'--------------------------------------------'
Type: Lethal (Grenade/WP Grenade) and Non-Lethal
(Stun Grenade/Smoke Grenade)
Drebin's Shop?: No
Obtained: Recovered after the fight with Raging
Raven in Act 3
Notes: Grenade Launcher that uses four types of
ammo
|CAP|SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD|
|-----------------------------------|
|1|-|A|-|S|-|D|A|-|
'-----------------------------------'
Type: Lethal
Drebin's Shop?: Yes - 40,000 DP
Obtained: Dropped by one of the Rebels that gets
killed immediately after
entering Vista Mansion in Act 2
___________
|-[Javelin]-|
|___________|_______________________
|CAP|SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD|
|-----------------------------------|
|1|-|S|-|S|-|E|B|-|
'-----------------------------------'
Type: Lethal
Drebin's Shop?: Yes - 150,000 DP
Obtained: In Act 1 - Crescent Meridian, climb the
ladder in the alley to reach
the roof and find this.
___________
|-[FIM-92A]-|
|___________|_______________________
|CAP|SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD|
Customization |-----------------------------------|
|1|-|S|-|S|-|E|B|-|
'-----------------------------------'
Type: Lethal
Drebin's Shop?: Yes - 100,000 DP
Obtained: Various locations as follows:
-Act 2: Confinement Facility, go along the dirt road
where the PMC
chopper is and near the PMC trenches you can find it
on the ground.
-Act 3: Midtown Central Sector, find it down near the
canal.
-Act 4: Nuclear Warhead Storage BLDG 1F, inside the
truck.
-Act 4: Snowfield and Communications Tower, find it
near the wreckage of the
Hind D helicopter
Notes: Also known as the Stinger missile launcher

_________
|-[RPG-7]-| EXPLOSIVES
|_________|_________________________ ----------
|CAP|SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD|
|-----------------------------------| ___________
|1|-|S|-|S|-|E|B|-| |-[Grenade]-|
'-----------------------------------' |___________|___________________
|SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD|
Type: Lethal |-------------------------------|
Drebin's Shop?: Yes - 60,000 DP |-|A|-|S|-|-|-|-|
Obtained: Various locations as follows: '-------------------------------'
-Act 1: Militia Safehouse in the room with the lockers.
-Act 2: Mountain Trial on the hill where a FROG tries Type: Lethal
to ambush Snake. Drebin's Shop?: Yes - 120 DP
-Act 4: Heliport inside one of the side rooms under a Obtained: Found nearly everywhere; carried by PMCs
table
______________
_________ |-[Petro Bomb]-|
|-[M72A3]-| |______________|________________
|_________|_________________________ |SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD|
|-------------------------------| |SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD|
|-|B|-|B|-|-|-|-| |-------------------------------|
'-------------------------------' |-|-|-|-|-|-|-|-|
'-------------------------------'
Type: Lethal
Drebin's Shop?: Yes - 100 DP Type: Non-Lethal
Obtained: Found in many locations; carried by Rebels Drebin's Shop?: Yes - 150 DP
Notes: Also known as the Molotov Cocktail Obtained: Bought in Drebin's Shop only after
completing the game once
____________________________ Special: The gas emitted from this grenade makes
|-[White Phosphorus Grenade]-| targets burst out in laughter
|____________________________|__
|SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD| _______________________
|-------------------------------| |-[Smoke Grenade (Red)]-|
|-|A|-|S|-|-|-|-| |_______________________|_______
'-------------------------------' |SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD|
|-------------------------------|
Type: Lethal |-|-|-|-|-|-|-|-|
Drebin's Shop?: Yes - 110 DP '-------------------------------'
Obtained: Found in many locations; carried by PMCs
Type: Non-Lethal
________________ Drebin's Shop?: Yes - 150 DP
|-[Stun Grenade]-| Obtained: Bought in Drebin's Shop only after
|________________|______________ completing the game once
|SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD| Special: The gas emitted from this grenade fills
|-------------------------------| targets with rage
|-|-|A|S|-|-|-|-|
'-------------------------------' ________________________
|-[Smoke Grenade (Blue)]-|
Type: Non-Lethal |________________________|______
Drebin's Shop?: Yes - 120 DP |SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD|
Obtained: Found in many locations |-------------------------------|
|-|-|-|-|-|-|-|-|
_________________ '-------------------------------'
|-[Chaff Grenade]-|
|_________________|_____________ Type: Non-Lethal
|SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD| Drebin's Shop?: Yes - 150 DP
|-------------------------------| Obtained: Bought in Drebin's Shop only after
|-|-|-|B|-|-|-|-| completing the game once
'-------------------------------' Special: The gas emitted from this grenade makes
targets cry uncontrollably
Type: Non-Lethal
Drebin's Shop?: No _________________________
Obtained: Various locations as follows: |-[Smoke Grenade (Green)]-|
-Act II: Confinement Facility, inside the actual facility, |_________________________|_____
the storage room |SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD|
-Act II: Market, last stall on the left before passing the |-------------------------------|
final Gekko |-|-|-|-|-|-|-|-|
-Act III: Midtown Central Sector, tucked in a corner, '-------------------------------'
near a big sewage canal
-Act IV: Heliport, the center of the helicopter landing Type: Non-Lethal
Notes: Temporarily disables Gekko and Scarabs and Drebin's Shop?: Yes - 150 DP
their sensors Obtained: Bought in Drebin's Shop only after
completing the game once
_________________ Special: The gas emitted from this grenade makes
|-[Smoke Grenade]-| targets scream in fright
|_________________|_____________
|SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD| ____________
|-------------------------------| |-[Claymore]-|
|-|-|-|-|-|-|-|-| |____________|__________________
'-------------------------------' |SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD|
|-------------------------------|
Type: Non-Lethal |-|A|-|S|-|-|-|-|
Drebin's Shop?: Yes - 100 DP '-------------------------------'
Obtained: Found in many locations
Type: Lethal
__________________________ Drebin's Shop?: Yes - 300 DP
|-[Smoke Grenade (Yellow)]-| Obtained: Found as traps in various places; can be
|__________________________|____ picked up by crawling over
them
__________________
|-[Sleep Gas Mine]-|
|__________________|____________
|SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD|
|-------------------------------|
|S|-|-|-|-|-|-|-|
'-------------------------------'
Type: Non-Lethal
Drebin's Shop?: Yes - 300 DP
Obtained: Act 2 - Mountain Trail, take the path that
leads to the house where
a recording of Naomi's voice is being played (a
nearby FROG tries to ambush
Snake). Outside of this house you can find these on
the side
______
|-[C4]-|
|______|________________________
|SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD|
|-------------------------------|
|-|S|-|S|-|-|-|-|
'-------------------------------'
Type: Lethal
Drebin's Shop?: Yes - 400 DP
Obtained: Found in many locations
_____________________
|-[Sleep Gas Satchel]-|
|_____________________|_________
|SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD|
|-------------------------------|
|S|-|-|-|-|-|-|-|
'-------------------------------'
Type: Non-Lethal
Drebin's Shop?: Yes - 400 DP
Obtained: Drebin's Shop only
ETC
---
______________
|-[Stun Knife]-|
|______________|________________
|SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD|
|-------------------------------|
|-|-|-|-|-|-|-|-|
'-------------------------------'
Type: Lethal and Non-Lethal
Drebin's Shop?: No
Obtained: Snake starts the game with this
Notes: Can be used to slit throats in CQC and can
also be used to stun foes
____________
|-[Magazine]-|
|____________|__________________
|SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD|
|-------------------------------|
|-|-|-|-|-|-|-|-|
'-------------------------------'
Type: Non-Lethal
Drebin's Shop?: No
Obtained: One is added to your inventory every time
you reload a gun
Notes: Good for distracting enemies
___________
|-[Playboy]-|
|___________|___________________
|SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD|
|-------------------------------|
|-|-|-|-|-|-|-|-|
'-------------------------------'
Type: Non-Lethal
Drebin's Shop?: Yes - 200 DP
Obtained: Found in many locations
Notes: Permanently distracts enemies
_______________
|-[Emotion Mag]-|
|_______________|_______________
|SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD|
|-------------------------------|
|-|-|-|-|-|-|-|-|
'-------------------------------'
Type: Non-Lethal
Drebin's Shop: Yes - 2000 DP
Obtained: Drebin's Shop only after completing the
game once
Notes: Enemies who read the magazine become filled
with emotion
_______________
|-[Mantis Doll]-|
|_______________|_______________
|SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD|
|-------------------------------|
|-|-|-|-|-|-|-|-|
'-------------------------------'
Type: Lethal*
Drebin's Shop?: No
Obtained: Recovered automatically in the process of
defeating Screaming Mantis
Notes: Controls the bodies of living beings
_______________
|-[Sorrow Doll]-|
|_______________|_______________
|SLP|DMG|STN|SHK|PTN|STB|RLD|LKD|
|-------------------------------|
|-|-|-|-|-|-|-|-|
'-------------------------------'
Type: Non-Lethal
Drebin's Shop?: No
Obtained: Optional pick-up during the Screaming
Mantis fight; knock it loose to
grab it
Notes: Controls the bodies of the dead
*===============================
================================
=========*
Easter Eggs (ovresy)
*===============================
================================
=========*
There's a lot of stuff I'm adding here, so it will take a
little while to
compile. Easter Eggs are just fun little findings in the
game that are hidden
or just make some sort of abstract reference to
something else, especially one
of the previous MGS games. They can come in many
forms though, even just little
weird things you never saw before in the game.
Some of these Eggs openly reveal
a few minor spoilers in the game's cutscenes.
1. The Nomad's "equipment"
-Any time you can control the Mk. II/Mk. III on the
Nomad during mission
briefings, go upstairs and into the kitchen/living room
area. On the table
across from the TV, you'll see a PlayStation3 console.
2. Sunny the Gamer
-During Mission Briefing 1 (access from the main
menu), if you follow Sunny
with the Mk. II (go ahead you pedophiles), you will
see she has a PSP and
commences to play it.
3. Hey, You Got Apple In My PS3!
-There are a few Apple products that exist in the
world of MGS4, as strange as
it may seem. Otacon uses a macbook, and if you look
closely at the computers
that Sunny uses at her desk, they also have the
Apple symbol on the back of the
monitors. Oh and let's not forget Snake's trusty iPod!
Meryl also has a macbook
apparently. What an endorsement!
4. Sorry About That Old Chap
-In Act 1 - Red Zone, just when you enter this area,
there's the pedestal with
the two statues that Snake can use to hide. You do
this by hitting triangle to
blend in with the other two statues, and Snake
covers the middle statue's
"junk". Release Triangle to leave this, but press it two
more times and Snake
will eventually break off the statue's "piece".
Whoops...
5. Damnit! I Knew I Should Have Brought My Bottle of
Clear Eyes!
-In Act 1, just after you pass from Crescent Meridian
into Millennium Park, you
have a cutscene with the B&B Corps. A prompt shows
up near the end, asking you
to press L1. Do so and Snake will see Screaming
Mantis, but also a very strange
yet familiar figure if you look a bit to the left. Was
that... no, it couldn't
have been...
6. Not Good... Gonna Vom...
-In Act 1 (maybe Act 2 as well), in any area with a lot
of PMCs, preferably
where they respawn, just go on a killing spree and
rack up a huge kill count
without leaving the area. Eventually Snake will hear
the voice of Liquid in his
head and it will force him to expel his lunch. Damnit,
I didn't want to see that
bagel again.
7. M Night Shyamalan, Is That You?
-While in Act 2 - Mountain Trail, you will encounter
many different paths, some
of which lead to the same place. Just before you
reach the river, if you take
the left path, you'll encounter what seems like a crop
circle, and an ominous
message from MGS2 will be heard. o_O They're
coming.......
8. Hollyweird...
-In Act 2 - Mountain Trail, when you reach the area
where the PMC is planting
a Claymore, take the leftmost path. You'll find a dead
end with a few items,
Guinea Pigs, but also a strange thing in the ground.
Take a closer look and
it's a cement block with handprints and signatures in
it. You can lay on top
of this and register it as a Camo design.
9. Whoops, Dropped My Cigarette, Heh
-Snake's perverseness knows no bounds. During one
of the cutscenes with Naomi
in the Research Lab area, Snake will drop his
cigarette. You can get a first
person view here with an unprompted L1 press.
Snake bends over to grab his cig
and... oh... what do we have here?
10. *Stares* .....I'm Sorry, What?
-During one of the scenes with Naomi, she tells
Snake how long he has left,
which drops his psyche gauge a bit. Press L1 at this
time (unprompted) to see
what Snake is seeing (ooh la la) and it will restore his
psyche.
11. Oh Otacon, You Jokester.... Wait, What?!
-During the Laughing Octopus fight, we all know that
she will disguise herself
as the Mk. II halfway through. There's two fun things
you can do at this point.
The first is to call Otacon on the Codec, and he will
not know what Snake is
talking about when he asks. Also, you can use the
real Mk. II and make it face
the disguised Octopus. This causes her to get freaked
and change back. You can
also choose to sneak behind it with the Mk. II and
force her into her own
claymores (thanks to Luigisyoshibuddy for this third
tip).
12. I've Got A Bad Feeling About This...
-In Act 3, when you tail the Resistance member, you
will inevitably follow him
into the park. When he decides to relieve himself, if
you hide in a particular
area and then look back to the statue where he
stood, you might be able to see
someone or "something" follow you, relevant to an
upcoming cutscene. This isn't
the only spot however. You can turn around and
different intervals during the
stalking sequence and you might see him. Creepy
sh*t... is really creepy ._.
13. Run! It's a Trap!
-Wear one of the Beauty FaceCamos during Act 3's
stalking sequence and let the
resistance member see you. Instead of being startled
and running away, he will
actually hit on Snake! Boy, he must not be very
perceptive huh?
14. I Love What You've Done With The Place!
-After you finish following the resistance member in
Act 3, you get a cutscene
where you can use L1 to get Snake's perspective in
the resistance hideout. Look
around carefully and you can see some paintings
depicting montages of the MGS
series.
15. "Just Like Old Times"
-In Act 4, when you reach the Heliport, among many
flashbacks you can get in
this area, there is one particular relic from the past
worth finding. Crawl
under the truck and you'll find the Mk. 23 SOCOM
pistol. Schwing! Fire it a few
times and then reload and Snake will remember the
feeling.
16. Oooh, Retro!
-While in Shadow Moses during Act 4, angle the
camera so it's just above Snake,
and keep it there for a little while. Eventually Snake
will say how it's just
like the old days, and you'll get a little DP flashback
reward.
17. Eek! Mice!
-In Act 4, to enter the Tank Hangar, you can choose
to take one of the vents
like in MGS1. If you do, you'll inevitably run into the
field mice just like in
MGS1. They must be the great great grandchildren of
those mice though. They
still get the "!" above their heads when Snake gets
near.
18. "See You In Hell, Liquid..."
-In Act 4 - Snowfield, following the fight with Crying
Wolf, you have the
liberty to explore the vast area. The door you have to
go through to proceed
is at one end. To the immediate right of this door is a
path (you can see it on
your map pretty easily). Go down here to find the
crashed Hind D from MGS1 that
Liquid used against Snake.
19. GET A GRIP!
-This one is obvious, but before entering the Blast
Furnace area, you are
greeted with a Codec call from Otacon, asking you to
change discs. Funny.
20. Snake 1, Tank 0
-When you reach the Blast Furnace, call Otacon on
the Codec. He'll ask Snake
about how he defeated Vulcan Raven in his M1 Tank
back in the Canyon during
MGS1. Otacon conjectures as to the impossible odds
of a man taking on a tank
by himself. The conversation ends with a funny and
unexpected line from Otacon.
21. Aha! Wait.... I CAN'T MOVE!
-During the Screaming Mantis fight, you are at first,
unable to aim your gun
at her properly and all your shots on Meryl and the
reanimated FROGs miss. Vet
MGS players may opt to hit the PS button and change
their controller port. If
you do this, Otacon will call and scold Snake for that,
saying it won't work
again.
22. Shouldn't Have Smoked That Stuff, I'm
Hallucinating...
-After Screaming Mantis is defeated, and the visage
of Psycho Mantis appears,
he goes through his routine where you get a few
flashbacks. More importantly
however, exactly when Mantis "explodes" press X for
a hidden flashback of
Kojima. There is also a short flashback (X appears for
this one) where you can
hear MGS3's The Sorrow talking. Hold L1 (hidden)
here and you can see him. Where
are the Ghostbusters when you need them? ._.
23. HEY IT'S NOTHING PERSONAL LADY, GET OFF MY
BACK WOULD YA?!
-We all know you can hold up enemies and pat them
down for goodies, it ends
with Snake delivering a stunning blow to their
"jewels". Do this to FROGs
however, and they will just scoff at Snake's perverted
nature. This also means
they are not stunned so act quickly to avoid an alert!
24. Otacon, You Geek!
-Near Otacon's computer, he has a model of Metal
Gear REX. Also, his computer's
wallpaper is from Zone of the Enders.
25. Snake Used, Kojima Approved
-Read the description for the M82A2 Sniper Rifle. It
will say "recommended by
Hideo Kojima."
26. Nothing Here But Smoke! Oh ok...
-Sometimes, you can light up a cigarette and distract
a nearby guard with the
smoke. If you're already hiding he might be
distracted long enough for you to
get a jump on him, or he might turn around and walk
the other way if he's
getting close to your position.
27. Snake... I Am Your Father. Shut Up, Otacon.
-In Act 4 - Underground Base, when you see the
cutscene of Snake about to get
on the platform to get up to where REX is, there is an
area in the background
(to Snake's left) where there is a large black object -Call Rosemary while in the Snowfield area of Act 4.
on the ground. It is only The Colonel will chime in
seen for a brief moment, and even though I just got a and talk about Rations, a trademark of the MGS
new TV, I still couldn't series (thanks to
be absolutely sure, but it seems to be the helmet of Luigisyoshibuddy).
the Dark Lord of the Sith,
Darth Vader! My, my. 35. God, You're Worse Than My Mother!
-Pop a cig and then get on the horn with Rosemary
28. I LOVE This Channel! and she'll give you a nice
-On the table in front of the big TV screen on the health lecture (thanks to Luigisyoshibuddy).
Nomad, there is a remote
control. During Mission Briefings, you can use the Mk. 36. Snake's "Friends"
II to tap the remote and -While crawling through one of the two ventilation
change the channel, depicting one with some nice tunnels at the Heliport in
Japanese ladies. (thanks to Act 4, you will inevitably stumble across the mice.
AndrewM for this) Call up Otacon and Snake
will mention the mice, his "friends" are there to help
29. Camel Joe Wishes He Could Be This Cool him through. Otacon, with
-Snake has an unhealthy habit of smoking, and hey his superior intellect can't figure out what the hell
although it's not my choice, Snake is referring to.
I'd be hard pressed to say if he doesn't look cool
lighting one up. Take a much 37. It's Not Dracula, It's Just A Damn School Bus!
closer look at his smokes, and you'll see the brand is -The Solar Gun, besides being a hilariously effective
called "The Boss". Aha. weapon for stunning your
enemies and knocking their equipment clear off, it
30. O_O Bouncy........... also has one special hidden
-God knows Rosemary is basically a waste of a Codec use. Fire a fully charged shot against Vamp and it will
contact, unless you enjoy deplete all of his
staring wide eyed at the TV for prolonged periods of stamina/psyche. Vampires, go figure. SUNLIGHT!
time. There is one nifty
thing you can do while listening to her clamor on. Tilt 38. Rape! This Is LA, We Don't Rape Suspects In
and shake the Six-axis Custody, We Just Beat Them
controller and you'll see Rosemary's "assets" starting -Pardon my continued abstract references used in the
to bounce a little. titles (if you actually
Hello.... get some of them, brownie pts for you). Anyways, in
Act 3, when following the
31. Watch Me Move resistance member, put on one of the Beauty
-Whenever a character in the game is introduced via FaceCamo masks and let him see you.
cutscene, it always says He will of course, start flirting with you (see Easter
their name, and underneath that, their voice actor. Egg 13). Call Otacon at
Press R2 when this appears this point and he'll scold Snake, telling him to stop
however, and you'll see the name of the motion harrassing the poor guy.
capture actor, who literally Uhhh, Snake's the one doing the harrassment? Yeah,
gave these characters life. Hit R2 again to switch ok... (thanks to
back. Luigisyoshibuddy for this).

32. Mob Connections 39. It's Not Over Yet!

-Drebin, as he explains in the game, is just one of
many gun laundering Drebins.
His number 893, isn't just some randomly picked
number however it seems. The
number 893 is as Laetus explains, "a losing
combination in an old japanese card
game: ya (8), ku (9), za (3)" and is further connected
to the infamous Japanese
criminal organization by the same name. Very
interesting (again thanks to Laetus
for this!)
33. It's Not A Game, Snake...
-This one is rather obvious, but I didn't have it down
so what the hell. When
using the Mk. II/III, take a close look at the control
unit that Snake uses to
pilot the little guy. Would you look at that... it's a
Playstation 3 controller!
34. Classic Tip
-During the fight with Ocelot, if you get yourself killed
(definitely possible
on Hard or Extreme), you'll get the normal Mission
Failed screen. Instead of
saying "Exit" however, it will say Exist. Hit X on Exist
and you'll hear Ocelot
say "Snake! It's not over yet!". The game will then
automatically set the marker
on Continue, but you can still put it back to Exit to
quit.
40. The Mark of the Brotherhood...
-Don the Altair outfit and look at Snake on the viewer
(menu) and he'll make
the sign of the Assassins, by folding his ring finger
back. Nifty! (thanks to
Baconator96 for this).
*===============================
================================
=========*
 Fun Things To Do (hvfn)
*===============================
================================
=========*
This is basically a section for other little things you
can do in the game.
They range from a variety of things that almost
border on Easter Eggs. I
figured it would be best to make a separate section
for it all however.
B&B Photo Shoot
---------------
You may have accidentally experienced this when
fighting the B&B Corps. When
you're fighting their Beauty forms, if you let enough
time pass by, the screen
goes white and you and the Beauty are brought into
a white realm. In here, the
Beauty will continue to come after Snake. Whip out
(no, not that!) the camera
however and the Beauties will pose for Snake.
Schwing! Take pictures of them
and you can add them to your gallery and then later
export them from your PS3
as jpeg files.
Now, after a thorough investigation, spurred on by a
few e-mails, I can confirm
the following information. In the white "Photo Shoot"
zone, there is a timer.
Many people on the forum claimed that when it fell
to 0, it meant the Beauty
would die and it would count as a kill, therefore
ruining a bid for No Kills.
This however, is NOT true. I repeat, THIS IS NOT
TRUE. You will not get a kill
for allowing the timer to run out, so therefore, the
folks that said this on
the forum, are wrong. I have confirmed this
personally, my friend has also
confirmed it twice, and I have received three e-mails
saying as much as well.
Letting the timer run out will not count as a kill.
If you want to test this out yourself, save your game
before the Beauty fight,
let 3 or more minutes go by until the "White Zone"
appears and then let the
timer run down to 0. After that, save your game
again (separate file if you
want). Go to the menu and select Mission Briefing
and load the briefing for your
current Act. It will display your stats on the orange
bar. The number of kills
will not have increased. If you had 0 before, it will
still say 0. If you had 6
kills before, it will still say 6. This has been
confirmed.
Emotive Ammo
------------
You unlock this after completing the game at least
once. At that point, you can
use new tranquilizer rounds for your Mk. 2 or Mosin
Nagant. You can also buy
new smoke grenades. The emotive ammo carries a
special serum or gas or what
have you that will change the behavior of your
enemies. These changes are quite
obvious going by the names. Shoot an enemy with
Laughing Ammo and he'll burst
out into uncontrollable laughter. Shoot him with Rage
Ammo and he'll go
ballistic. I personally don't use them much because
sometimes the effects are
a little hard to predict. They are still tranquilizer
rounds so eventually your
enemies will go into a nice sleep. It's a fun
alternative, and as DexMorgan
reminds me, the Emotive ammo can help you out a
few times, perhaps by making
enemy soldiers turn on each other and creating a
good diversion for Snake.
Ghost Hunting
-------------
Who you gonna call? Why, Solid Snake of course! The
ghosts are back and they
can all be found in Act 4 only. They hide in various
spots around Shadow Moses
and this makes a minor but fun sidequest for you to
complete if you are so
inclined.
Finding the ghosts isn't easy, unless of course you
know exactly where to look,
which is where this comes in handy! They can only
be seen once you snap a
picture which means if you're not in the exact
location, this can take a while.
Luckily, you don't have to be very exact as far as
positioning and all that.
There is also an easier way to save time. You can use
the Sorrow Doll to see
the ghosts before you snap their photos. Have it
equipped in your weapon slot
and they will appear when you look through the
camera lens. It is recommended
you get it before starting, but is not required.
Other than the Sorrow Doll, you will definitely need
the Camera obviously. A
few more optional but recommended things to have
are the Bandanna and some
Chaff Grenades. If you have a whole lot, the
Bandanna won't be necessary, but
if you only have a few or just want to save ammo,
the Bandanna will help too.
There are a few ghosts in areas where the Scarabs
lurk in large packs so the
Chaff will help while you take your photos.
Finally, when you have all the photos, you can view
them in your Photo Album
from the main menu. If you got them correctly, an
option appears for these
particular shots. It's called "Exorcise" and it will
extract the ghost from
each picture. Strangely enough, there doesn't seem
to be any reward for this,
even if you get all of them, as the exorcism can be
done on any copies you
have of the same ghost.
Ghost 1 - Muraoka
Area: Heliport
-Location: Find the cargo elevator. MGS1 vets will camera on this side and snap your picture.
know where it is; it's
behind the helipad. You can trigger an audio Ghost 8 - Decoy Octopus
flashback here and there's also -Area: Tank Hangar
a Ration sitting right in front of it. Face the elevator -Location: Find the elevator, which is on the north
and then look to the side of the room, next to
left of it. Point your lens in this direction and snap a the stairs. This ghost is exactly outside of the
photo. northwest corner of the
elevator's doors. Get close and find it, then say
Ghost 2 - Nishimura cheese!
-Area: Heliport
-Location: This one is on the Helipad. You can just Ghost 9 - DARPA Chief
photograph the Helipad -Area: Tank Hangar
from a distance, or just look beyond where the Chaff -Location: Hopefully you've got plenty of Chaff or the
Grenades are, toward the Bandanna. Enter the
main base. cargo door that leads to the Canyon. When you slip
under, turn around and back
Ghost 3 - Genome Soldier away a little bit. In the top left corner, you'll see the
-Area: Heliport ghostly face of the
-Location: Enter the only room that you can actually DARPA Chief. Take the picture.
walk into on the left side
of the Heliport. It's the one with the camera that falls Ghost 10 - Kobayashi
off. Inside are two -Area: Canyon
big containers. Right behind the one on the left in the -Location: The second rock on your left as you enter.
corner here, you'll Easier to see if you go
find another ghost. Snap a picture. around. If you have the Sorrow Doll, you can see a
very ghostly face floating
Chost 4 - Tanaka above the rock. Take the picture to confirm it.
-Area: Heliport
-Location: From here, go to the top-left corner. This is Ghost 11 - Korekado
exactly where the -Area: Canyon
ventilation shaft is that you can enter. Right in the -Location: The Gekkos may be a problem so get rid of
corner here is another them if you have to. This
ghost. next ghost is in the top right corner. Get close to the
pipes and stuff here
Ghost 5 - Shigeno and look above the pipes to see the ghost up there.
-Area: Heliport
-Location: Now head to the right, past the truck and Ghost 12 - Vulcan Raven
to the stairs. Stand back -Area: Canyon
from them and point your camera up at the -Location: This one can be tough. He's hiding on the
surveilance camera. It might be hard rock wall to the left in
to see (or impossible if you don't have the Sorrow the upper part, more or less across from the last
Doll), but there is a ghost ghost. The snowy rock wall
floating a little to the right and down from the provides good cover so even if you have the Sorrow
camera. If you don't see it Doll, he can be tough to
when you use the Sorrow Doll or when you take the spot. His exact location is easy to find if you have a
picture, get closer to the good eye though. On this
wall. wall, near the ammo, there is a slab of dark rock just
randomly sitting there
Ghost 6 - Master Miller amongst the rest of the wall. Find this dark patch and
-Area: Tank Hangar point your lens at it.
-Location: The location is a tiny bit tricky because Vulcan Raven said he'd be watching!
technically you're not in
the Tank Hangar just yet. Start out by taking the Ghost 13 - Makimura
lower vent on the left side. -Area: Nuclear Warhead Storage BLDG 1F
Crawl through and turn left. Then turn around again -Location: Immediately upon entering this area, take
and face the part that you the walkway to the left,
just crawled out of. Point your camera down this part that leads to the Ration. There's a window here
of the vent and the ghost overlooking the next room and
is there. it's where the ghost is. Get close, but not too close
and take the photo.
Ghost 7 - Light Infantry Soldier
-Area: Tank Hangar Ghost 14 - NBC Warfare Troop
-Location: Crawl all the way through and enter the -Area: Nuclear Warhead Storage BLDG 1F
Tank Hangar. For these next -Location: Crawl under the door that leads to the next
few ghosts, the Scarabs may be a problem so toss a room. From here, go to
Chaff Grenade to put them the left and you'll see two missles. This ghost is
out for a few moments. Find this ghost on the left hanging out in front of the
side of the tank. Point your warhead closest to the stairs.
 begin this area) is where it's hiding. Go on the west
Ghost 15 - Matsuhana side (the one facing the
-Area: Nuclear Warhead Storage BLDG B2 forest) and look up at the ceiling below the upper
-Location: Go down the "Gray Fox" hallway, the one walkway. The ghost is there.
that leads to Otcaon's
office. This ghost is sitting on the inner part of the Ghost 23 - Nakamura
corner where the -Area: Snowfield
hallway turns to the left. When you turn to the left, -Location: Find the trench area to the left of your
just look and you should starting position (left of
see him right there. the truck). Enter the trench and face the rock wall to
the south. You may have
Ghost 16 - President Baker to get closer, but here above the trench is a ghost
-Area: Nuclear Warhead Storage BLDG B2 waiting for its picture to
-Location: After you're done with the password, while be taken.
still inside Otacon's
office, go to the left side where all the big computers Ghost 24 - Hirano
are. There is a row of -Area: Casting Facility South
them along the wall, then a gap with some papers on -Location: Just north of the red pillars, where one
the wall, and then another Gekko makes its patrol,
computer. The ghost of President Baker resides in there are these two wedge shaped structures jutting
this small gap. up from the ground. Stand
behind and between them and look up. The ghost
Ghost 17 - Hideo Kojima should be up there.
-Area: Nuclear Warhead Storage BLDG B2
-Location: After you're done with the password, find Ghost 25 - Sasaki
the Policenauts poster on -Area: Casting Facility North
the north wall, above all the terminals. The ghostly -Location: In the northern part, clear the area of
face of Hideo Kojima Gekkos and Scarabs if you
hovers to the left of the poster. want, to make things easier. Get on the conveyer belt
and find the big machine
Ghost 18 - Takabe on it, the one you can crawl under. Stand in front of
-Area: Nuclear Warhead Storage BLDG B2 this big contraption and
-Location: Find the area somewhat in the middle of point your camera lens to the top right part of it to
the office, where there is find this specter.
a wall set up on two sides. Enter this little fenced off
area and in one corner Ghost 26 - Kaneda
is a box on the desk, and an overturned chair. Face -Area: Underground Base
this area from a little -Location: As you enter this area, you'll go down a
further away to see a big face floating there. Snap small set of stairs. Turn
the picture. around and face them. Look above and in the middle
of this hallway will be the
Ghost 19 - Shimizu next ghost.
-Area: Nuclear Warhead Storage BLDG B2
-Location: Leave Otacon's office and make your way Ghost 27 - Negishi
back. A Gekko will crash the -Area: Underground Base
party. Wait for it to turn down the hallway and then -Location: The room after the crawlspace. Again,
go to where it came in. Chaff Grenades will help with
Look up at the hole it crashed through with your the Gekko here. Stand on the walkway and look to
camera and take a picture. the pit to your left. There
is a waterfall over here. Point your lens that way and
Ghost 20 - Sniper Wolf snap another ghostly
-Area: Snowfield photo.
-Location: Approach the exit door. Stand far enough
way that you can see this Ghost 28 - Kimura
ghost who is floating right in front of the doors. -Area: Underground Supply Tunnel
-Location: Now you can only do these last three
Ghost 21 - Sato during the Vamp fight so make
-Area: Snowfield sure you deal with him. It's easiest to knock him out
-Location: From #19, go right and find the passage before taking the photos.
that leads to the crash site This one can be found by going behind Metal Gear
of the Hind D. Sitting just above it's wreckage is a REX's body, then looking up to
ghost that might be a the left side of its head. Snap the photo and then
little tough to spot. Get closer if you have to, then beware Vamp.
say cheese!
Ghost 29 - Gray Fox
Ghost 22 - Shinkawa -Area: Underground Supply Tunnel
-Area: Snowfield -Location: This one is found underneath REX's right
-Location: This one is kind of tough. The southern foot which is on your left
most (nearest where you
facing it. Look in the gap underneath its foot to find
this one.
Ghost 30 - Liquid Snake
-Area: Find the last ghostly apparition in the cockpit
of Metal Gear REX. Look
up there with your camera and take a photo of the
cockpit and you'll have
nabbed them all!
The Scarab DP Trick
-------------------
On the internet, it's pretty much impossible to name
an individual who discovers
something new, but Albedo Piazzola is one of many
to make a well laid out guide
for this so he gets the credit.
This trick is basically a way to earn a mass of Drebin
Points in Act 5, right
before the end of the game in the area known as
Missile Hangar. It is comprised
of several hallways swarming with the Scarab
enemies. Killing them awards you
with Unmanned Kill bonuses of DP. They happen to
respawn infinitely, and on top
of that, they drop guns for trade ins of even more DP.
If you spend enough time
(and ammo), you can earn a wealth of Drebin Points
here.
The key is to pick the first and second hallways with
these things. You don't
want to stretch too far into the next hall at any time
because the previous door
locks on you, which thereby limits you to one less
hall for which to do this
trick. Standing near a doorway is a good way to
sweep one hall, then turn around
and attend to another, if any Scarabs are gathering
in one group. The weapon of
choice is usually some type of machinegun,
preferably something with very large
magazine capacity. It allows you to take these things
out at a good rate and
reduces the amount of time you need to spend
reloading. When you've taken out
a large group, you can pick up their drops for more
DP.
There's a few tips to keep in mind. Pay attention to
specifically where the
Scarabs spawn from. Typically they come from the
front, middle, and ends of each
hallway. When you stand in the doorway, you can
usually make yourself safe from
being back attacked, but this isn't always going to
work. You should also try
and manage your reloads when possible. When you
clear out a large group and the
hall is for a moment, clear, reload back to a full clip.
This way, hopefully you
won't be reloading in the middle of a fight with a
large gang of Scarabs.
The trick can be expanded once you hit 2.5 million
DP. In Act 5, 2.5 million
will allow you to purchase the Bandanna if you don't
have it. With this, you
now won't have to expend the DP to buy more
ammo. It will in turn, make your job
easier.
Besides machineguns, there are a few guns I like,
and that other players like to
use here. I like the MGL-140 because it is great at
destroying crowds of Scarabs
and these things love to mob together. The drawback
is that the MGL-140 has only
six rounds and it's not a fast reload. There is also the
Rail Gun which can also
take out groups in one blast.
Finally, you may not want to stay in one spot.
Especially since the gun drops
are about 1050 DP a pop and collecting them will
greatly aid you in getting more
DP. So, you may end up running back and forth down
each hallway. The problem
here is that the Scarabs that may spawn before you
get to one end, and since
you don't want to get trapped in the middle, you
have to clear the way, while at
the same time, the other Scarabs from behind will be
closing in. Find a way to
clear the way fast and you can put up your front on
the other end. Kill more
Scarabs, they'll drop more guns, so when it's clear,
make another run and pick
it all up. Repeat this process and you'll expedite your
DP collection. I often
do this running back and forth with the MGL-140
equipped, because when I
encounter large groups I can clear the way very fast
and sometimes even find
time to reload while running back and forth.
Eventually, if you keep this up, you can earn a wealth
of Drebin Points. Just be
careful of losing more ground if you accidentally get
a door locked on you.
Otacon's Computer - Shadow Moses
--------------------------------
Instead of inputting the correct password of 48273 in
Otacon's office to begin
the power restoration, you can put in some other
digits for different effects.
13462: Typing this will reward you with the iPod song,
"POLICENAUTS End Title".
When played, it puts enemies to sleep when Snake
holds them in CQC.
78925: This password nets you the iPod song,
"Opening - Old L.A. 2040". It can
increase Snake's accuracy when played.
14893: Putting this password in will reward you with
100,000 Drebin Points!
Schwing!
Other Things To Try For Fun
---------------------------
-Try out all the different types of Emotive
ammunition. The various effects on
enemy soldiers are worth a few laughs.
-A personal favorite. Get a large group of soldiers to Password: 1aytmmymhk
converge, usually by Unlocks: 1911 Pistol
triggering a caution in which one will call in for back
up. Use the Tanegashima Password: pkhhnwhsjt
and if you're lucky, a tornado will appear. Just sit Unlocks: Patriot
back and watch the carnage
ensue. When the dust clears, a shower of item drops Password: tshsniammr
will fall to the ground. Unlocks: Thor .45-70

-This one is just fun to me because it's a way to mix Password: aottrykmyn
things up while playing Unlocks: Altair costume
and get more enjoyment out of it. It might seem
ambiguous to others but I just Password: dntkkhktmm
thought I'd mention it. Have Snake don the Suit Unlocks: Drebin Face Camo
costume and his Young Snake W/
Bandanna FaceCamo. Equip the Patriot. Meet Snake,
The Hitman with his own theme
music! Yeah, I know, I'm weird.
______________________________________________________
___________
/ \
*===============================
-]| Unlockables (unlk) |[-
================================
=========*
Cheats (chts) \_____________________________________________________
*=============================== ____________/
================================
=========* *===============================
To input cheats, you need to have beaten the game ================================
at least once. You can find =========*
it under Extras at the main menu. These cheats will Weapons/Items (wpns)
reward you with various *===============================
items and weapons that you can get once you meet ================================
up with the Mk. II. Some of =========*
them are weapons you can easily earn without
cheating, especially since you Weapon/Item: Name of the weapon or item
can't use this feature without beating it at least once. How to Unlock: How it's unlocked
However, the iPod songs Notes: Any special notes about how it's used or its
available are only obtained through this method. capabilities

Password: george Weapon: Race Gun

Unlocks: iPod song, "Gekko" How to Unlock: Beat the game once on any difficulty
Notes: Bullets will ricochet off walls and other
Password: thomas surfaces
Unlocks: iPod song, "Desperate Chase"
Weapon: Solar Gun
Password: theodore How to Unlock: Collect all five boss statues
Unlocks: iPod song, "Midnight Shadow" Notes: Extremely powerful tranquilizer gun, uses
sunlight. Recharge by holding
Password: abraham circle
Unlocks: iPod song, "Mobs Alive"
Weapon: Desert Eagle - Long Barrel
Password: mgo2play How to Unlock: Earn the Fox Emblem
Unlocks: iPod song, "Subsistence Action" Notes:

Password: skynytktjp Weapon: Thor 45-70

Unlocks: Scanning Plug S How to Unlock: Earn the FoxHound Emblem
Notes: High powered pistol, needs to be reloaded
Password: mnsoymsyhn after each shot
Unlocks: Mosin Nagant
Weapon: Type 17
Password: deskyhstyl How to Unlock: Earn the Hound Emblem
Unlocks: Desert Eagle - Long Barrel Notes: Automatic pistol, same type as Big Mama's
Mauser
Password: mekakorkkk
Unlocks: Mk. 23 SOCOM pistol Weapon: Mk. 23 SOCOM Pistol
How to Unlock: Find it under the truck at the Heliport,
Password: jmsotsynrn Act IV
Unlocks: Type 17 Pistol
Notes: Snake's old gun, awards Drebin Points when
found and used. Light can be Camo: L. Beauty
turned on or off from the menu How to Unlock: Defeat Laughing Beauty non-lethally

Weapon: Tanegashima Camo: R. Beauty

How to Unlock: Purchase for 1 million DP How to Unlock: Defeat Raging Beauty non-lethally
Notes: 33% chance will fire tornadoes in outdoor
areas Camo: C. Beauty
How to Unlock: Defeat Crying Beauty non-lethally
Weapon: Patriot
How to Unlock: Earn the Big Boss Emblem Camo: S. Beauty
Notes: Has unlimited ammunition, no need to reload. How to Unlock: Defeat Screaming Beauty non-lethally
Also plays the Snake Eater
fanfare when aimed Camo: Otacon
How to Unlock: Bump into Otacon with the Mk. II
Item: Bandanna during the Act 3 Mission
How to Unlock: Beat the game having no kills Briefing or other briefing.
Notes: Bestows infinite ammo
Camo: Raiden w/ Vizor
Item: Stealth How to Unlock: Bump into Naomi with the Mk. II
How to Unlock: Beat the game having no alerts during the Act 4 Mission
Notes: Renders Snake invisible to the naked eye. Briefing
Insufficient against Gekkos or
anything else with infrared scanners Camo: Raiden Vizor Down
How to Unlock: Bump into Sunny with the Mk. II
Item: Scanning Plug S during the Act 4 or any other
How to Unlock: Play Metal Gear Online for more than Mission Briefing
10 hours
Notes: Camo: Roy Campbell
How to Unlock: Bump into Campbell with the Mk. II
Item: Camera during the Act 1 Mission
How to Unlock: Find on the Nomad during briefings, Briefing. To play this briefing, access Mission
search with the Mk. II/III Briefings from the start menu
Notes: If found during Act IV, awards secret photos
Camo: Drebin
Item: Combat Vests How to Unlock: Obtain at least 60 weapons
How to Unlock: Beat the game once on any difficulty
Notes: Allows you to customize Snake's appearance Camo: Corpse
more How to Unlock: Have 51 or more continues in a
playthrough
*=============================== -Notes: Able to convince soldiers you're dead by
================================ playing dead
=========*
FaceCamo (fccm) Camo: Big Boss
*=============================== How to Unlock: Earn the Big Boss Emblem
================================ -Notes: Same as Corpse FaceCamo, also scares
=========* enemy soldiers
The FaceCamos allow you to change Snake's facial
appearance. A couple are pretty *===============================
nice, but a lot of them are just merely for fun and ================================
serve no real purpose at =========*
all. I'd say the main motivation in obtaining them is Costumes (cstu)
just for the sake of *===============================
getting them. Note that you can only start unlocking ================================
FaceCamo on the Nomad by =========*
completing the Laughing Octopus fight in Act 2. The costumes in the game are fun additions as well.
You can make Snake look
Camo: FaceCamo standard (needed to collect other more like a hitman with the suit, or dress to impress
FaceCamo) his friends. The rebel
How to Unlock: Defeat Laughing Octopus disguises and Civilian disguise are only useable in
the appropriate acts so
Camo: Young Snake take note of that.
How to Unlock: Start Act 3
Costume: Middle East Militia Disguise
Camo: Young Snake w/ Bandanna How to Unlock: Middle East - Militia Safe House. Go
How to Unlock: Start Act 3 right at the third fork to
find it in a locker.
Camo: MGS1 Snake Notes: Only useable in Act 1
How to Unlock: Start Act 4
Costume: South American Rebel Disguise 5 hours
How to Unlock: South America - Cove Valley Village. Notes: Completing the requirements for this may
In one of the small houses, award you with several other
go inside to find it, use infrared to make it easier. Emblems if you didn't collect them, including Fox, Fox
Notes: Only useable in Act 2 Hound, Hound, Mantis and
Raven.
Costume: Civilian Disguise
How to Unlock: Start Act 3 Emblem: Blue Bird
Notes: Only useable in Act 3 How to Unlock: Hand over 50 items to rebels

Costume: Suit Emblem: Centipede

How to Unlock: Beat the game on any difficulty How to Unlock: Have less than 75 alerts, less than
250 kills, and more than 25
Costume: Altair continues
How to Unlock: Earn the Assassin's Emblem
Notes: Makes Snake look like Altair from Assassin's Emblem: Chicken
Creed How to Unlock: Have over 150 alerts, over 500 kills,
over 50 continues, use
*=============================== more than 50 healing items, and beat the game in
================================ over 35 hours
=========*
Emblems (embd) Emblem: Cow
*=============================== How to Unlock: Have over 100 alerts
================================
=========* Emblem: Crocodile
The Emblems are a way of ranking your How to Unlock: Have over 400 kills
accomplishments upon beating the game.
They are very much similar to the rankings used in Emblem: Eagle
MGS3. By meeting certain How to Unlock: Have 150 or more headshots
criteria during a playthrough of the game, you can
earn several different Emblem: Fox
Emblems when you finish. Typically, one Emblem How to Unlock: Beat the game on Solid Normal, with
appears first and is considered no kills, no deaths, 5 or
by players to be their "main" for that run through. less alerts, no healing items used, no Bandanna or
Others will also appear for Stealth used in under 6
your various play styles and accomplishments. There hours.
are 40 in total, and
collecting all of them not only gives you plenty to do Emblem: Fox Hound
with MGS4, but also How to Unlock: Beat the game on Big Boss Hard or
rewards you with another iPod Song. Oh yay... higher with no kills, no
Anyways, much of this information deaths, 3 or less alerts, no healing items used, no
comes from the Cheats section of gamefaqs.com, so Bandanna or Stealth used in
credit goes to those who under 5 and 1/2 hours.
submitted it. I will also be trying to confirm as many
of these as I can in the Emblem: Frog Emblem
coming days. How to Unlock: Roll forward at least 100 times

Emblem: Ant Emblem: Gecko

How to Unlock: Hold up and frisk enemies for items How to Unlock: Lay against walls for a total time of at
50 times least 1 hour

Emblem: Assassin Emblem: Giant Panda

How to Unlock: Have 50 or more knife kills, 50 or How to Unlock: Beat the game in over 30 hours
more CQC holds, and less than
25 alerts when completing the game. Emblem: Gibbon
How to Unlock: Hold up 50 enemies
Emblem: Bear
How to Unlock: Grab at least 100 enemies in CQC Emblem: Hawk
How to Unlock: Be praised 25 times by rebels
Emblem: Bee Notes: Eliminate enemies so the rebels can clearly
How to Unlock: Use the Syringe on at least 50 see, and say "Nice shot!"
enemies among other things
Notes: Scanning Plug S can be used too apparently
Emblem: Hog
Emblem: Big Boss How to Unlock: Experience 10 Combat Highs
How to Unlock: Beat the game on The Boss Extreme Notes: To get a Combat High, go into alert and fire
with no kills, no deaths, no any automatic gun with a
alerts, no healing items used, and without using lot of ammo.
Bandanna or Stealth in under
Emblem: Hound
How to Unlock: Beat the game on Big Boss Hard or Emblem: Scorpion
higher with no kills, 3 or How to Unlock: Have less than 250 kills, less than 75
less alerts, no deaths, no healing items used, not alerts, and under 25
using Bandanna or Stealth in continues
under 6 and 1/2 hours
Emblem: Spider
Emblem: Hyena How to Unlock: Have over 250 kills, less than 75
How to Unlock: Pick up 400 or more dropped alerts, and over 25 continues
weapons
Emblem: Tarantula
Emblem: Inchworm How to Unlock: Have over 250 kills, less than 75
How to Unlock: Crawl on the ground for a total time alerts, and under 25 continues
of at least 1 hour
Emblem: Tortoise
Emblem: Jaguar How to Unlock: Spend a total time of at least 1 hour
How to Unlock: Have less than 250 kills, over 75 in a Drum Can or Cardboard
alerts, and less than 25 Box
continues
Emblem: Wolf
Emblem: Leopard How to Unlock: Beat the game with no continues and
How to Unlock: Have less than 250 kills, over 75 no healing items used
alerts and more than 25
continues
Strategies
Emblem: Little Gray ----------
How to Unlock: Obtain all weapons Here are some little tips for getting some of these
Emblems easier. A lot of
Emblem: Lobster them are easy or downright self-explanatory. A little
How to Unlock: Crouch for a total time of at least 2 help for some of the
and 1/2 hours others can go a long way though, so here you are.

Emblem: Mantis x-Assassin's Emblem-x

How to Unlock: Have no alerts, no deaths, and no
healing items used and beat The requirements are to have 50 CQC grabs and 50
the game in under 5 hours knife kills. In addition to
this, you must have 25 or less alerts. Now, the alerts
Emblem: Octopus part you'll be on your
How to Unlock: Beat the game with no alerts own for that. Just try not to get too greedy for knife
kills that you end up
Emblem: Panther getting spotted a lot. Having more than 15 alerts
How to Unlock: Have over 75 alerts, over 250 kills, before finishing Act 2 is
and less than 25 continues not too good, but it can be done.

Emblem: Pig
How to Unlock: Consume more than 50 healing items
Emblem: Pigeon
How to Unlock: Beat the game with no kills
Notes: Unmanned enemies do not count
More importantly however, take note of the fact that
you will automatically
accumulate a CQC grab for every knife kill. You have
to slit the throats of
50 enemies and that can't be done without grabbing
them in CQC first.

Emblem: Puma
How to Unlock: Have over 75 alerts, over 250 kills, x-Ant and Gibbon Emblems-x
and more than 25 continues
To get Ant, you need to frisk 50 enemies for items.
Emblem: Rabbit This can be a standing or
How to Unlock: Flip through 100 Playboy pages prone frisk. For the Gibbon Emblem, you need to hold
up 50 enemies which is the
Emblem: Raven antecedent to frisking them. So by fulfilling Ant you
How to Unlock: Beat the game in under 5 hours will have automatically
fulfilled Gibbon. Keep in mind however that you want
Emblem: Scarab to get a majority of these
How to Unlock: Roll on the ground over 100 times on Acts 1 and 2. There are a lot fewer PMCs in Act 3
Notes: This is not the combat roll you do while (you can also hold up and
crouched. Lay on the ground Frisk the Resistance member) and after that, there
and hold L1 and then X and move left or right to roll are very few easy
along the ground. You opportunities.
MUST stop and let go of X and then repeat for it to
register new rolls.
x-Blue Bird and Pig Emblems-x
For Blue Bird, you have to give 50 recovery items to
Rebels. For Pig, you have
to consume 50 of them for yourself. Yum. In any
case, although the two are
very different, the same basic strategy will apply. You
want to first of all,
play on a lower difficulty. Naked Normal should do
fine, but lower than that
is more helpful. This way, you get to carry more
items.
Always know where to find Rations, Noodles, Regain
in the Acts. I have a lot of
them pointed out in the main walkthrough. If you're
going for Blue Bird, keep
handing over items to the same Rebel if you want; it
won't matter. You can
often get "freebies" on some because when the
Rebels like you enough, they'll
hand over items in return, and the items will
sometimes include Instant Noodles
which is really good.
You can also make use of the Tanegashima. It makes
both of these emblems super
easy. If you can afford it, use it in Acts 1 and 2. It only
has a 33% chance of
activating, but when the tornado comes to life, a
shower of items will rain
down on the battlefield. You'll often find plenty of
Rations to use.
x-Killing Many Birds With One Stone-x
The Chicken Emblem has a really big list of
requirements. You need to have over
150 alerts, over 500 kills, over 50 continues, use
more than 50 healing items,
and complete the game with more than 35 hours on
the clock. What you may not
immediately realize however is that by fulfilling
Chicken's requirements, you
will automatically get a few other Emblems.
Furthermore, the required numbers
are very close to other Emblem requirements, so
much that you may as well get
them too while you're at it and save yourself the
time.
By getting the Chicken Emblem, you will
automatically get the Cow, Crocodile,
Big Panda, Pig, and Puma Emblems. So it's a good
idea if you're eyeing any of
these Emblems, that you just make it easier and go
for Chicken. However, in
addition, you can easily get a few more Emblems too
with just a little extra
work.
Since 500 kills is a requirement, making many of
those headshot kills should
not be difficult at all. You need 150 to get the Eagle
Emblem. Also, since you
will be doing a lot of killing and getting a lot of alerts
(most of which you
should try to gather on Acts 1 and 2), you have a
great chance of getting
Combat Highs. Fire a gun that has automatic fire and
just keep shooting while
under the Alert Phase and let the stress climb to get
a Combat High. 10 of
these gets you the Hog Emblem.
Finally, since 35 hours of played time is a
requirement, why not spend a few
of those hours getting the Centipede and Tortoise
Emblems? Centipede is one a
lot of players get easily for 1 hour of crawling time. IF
you need it though,
just leave the game on for an hour where Snake is
safe and laying in a prone
position. Do the same for Tortoise by making Snake
wear a Cardboard Box or
Drum Can and leave the game on. You'll not only get
the time needed for these
Emblems, but it will add to your total for Big Panda
and Chicken.
x-Gecko and Lobster Emblems-x
You can also knock out two really easily with this
simple strategy. For Gecko,
you have to press against walls for a total time of
one hour. Lobster requires
you to have two and a half hours of crouch time
which surprisingly, is hard to
accumulate in even your very first run of the game.
To make things easier, you can just leave the game
on for a while. Just don't
forget that the console is on and do not leave it
unattended! In any case, if
you press against a wall with Triangle while crouched,
you'll earn time toward
both Emblems' requirements. Yes, that's correct. So if
you do a crouching wall
press for two and a half hours, you automatically get
both Gecko and Lobster.
*===============================
================================
=========*
iPod Songs (hlycrp)
*===============================
================================
=========*
What a very nice feature for the game. I surely envy
Snake. He gets to fill
people full of holes and choke the life out of them
while listening to soothing
tunes on his iPod. Collecting these songs is not just
for listening, but a lot
of them have very special effects when used. If there
is an effect, it will be
listed. Also, all the songs are listed (that we know of),
but I haven't found
all of them just yet so I'll be adding more details
soon.
Song: Inori no Uta
Location: Act 1 Mission Briefing
Details: Play this briefing from the main menu and
use the Mk. II to find it
upstairs in the kitchen/living room area, near the
table
Song: Theme of Tara
Location: Act 1 - Militia Safehouse
Details: In an alcove to the left immediately after the
room with the injured
rebels
Song: Zanzibarland Breeze
Location: Act 1 - Urban Ruins
Details: Right when you reach the very end of the
ruins, facing the drop point,
turn left. Crouch to enter this area with the dead
soldier, then stand up again.
There will be a ledge you can see here. Climb up and
you can find the song.
Song: Level 3 Warning
Location: Act 1 - Advent Palace
Details: In the kitchen area on the 3F, guarded by a
Claymore
Song: Theme of Solid Snake
Location: Act 1 - Millennium Park
Details: Down the road from where the two PMCs are
and near a third is an
alley with a dumpster. Slip into the building here and
the song is immediately
to the right
Song: Destiny's Call
Location: Act 1 or 2
Details: Random gift from rebel soldiers when they
are given items. Keep giving
them items until they relinquish this
Song: Show Time
Location: Act 1 or 2
Details: Random gift from rebel soldiers when they
are given items
Effect: Grabbing enemies with CQC makes them
scream
Song: MGS 4 Love Theme/Action
Location: Act 1 or 2
Details: Random gift from rebel soldiers when they
are given items
Effect: Grabbing enemies in CQC causes them to cry
Song: Boktai 2 Theme
Location: Act 2 Mission Briefing, Nomad
Details: Go upstairs with the Mk. II. It's in the
bathroom.
Song: The Fury
Location: Act 2 - Cove Valley Village
Details: Inside the house with the porch
Effect: Grabbing enemies with CQC makes them feel
rage
Song: Metal Gear 20 Years History (Part 3)
Location: Act 2 - Confinement Facility
Details: In the large facility itself, in the barracks
(room with all the beds)
you will find this song
Song: Rock Me Baby
Location: Act 2 - Confinement Facility
Details: In the "countryside" part of the Confinement
Facility, it's on the
centermost island of the bog area. The island is large
and has a lot of rocks on
it, the song is on the middle plateau, right in front of
two rocks. Rocks, Rock
Me, get it? Eh? Ahhh...
Effect: Increases Snake's recovery rate
Song: Sailor
Location: Act 2 - Vista Mansion
Details: In the top right when just entering the
gateway to the mansion. Find it
in the area with the tents in the top right between
the wall and a large red
container
Effect: Increases Snake's recovery rate
Song: Bon Dance
Location: Act 2 - Marketplace
Details: It's more or less in front of you when you
begin this area. Might be
obstructed by some market stalls and also beware of
the Gekko
Song: Shin Bokura no Taiyou Theme
Location: Act 3 Mission Briefing, Nomad
Details: Go upstairs with the Mk. II. It's near the
stove, where Snake is
standing at the start of this briefing
Song: Test Subject's Duality
Location: Act 3 - Midtown S Sector
Details: Immediately when you get control following
the cutscenes, go down the
street to see the resistance member appear. Turn
around and go back to the
previous street, turning left. You can find it near the
building here
Song: Biohazard
Location: Act 3 - Any Midtown area
Details: Hold up and search the resistance member
Song: One Night in Neo Kobe City
Location: Act 3 - Midtown S Sector
Details: When facing the park in the first area, go
down the street to the right
and you should find a lone PMC. Hold him up for this
song
Effect: Holding enemies in CQC makes them laugh
Song: On Alert
Location: Act 3 - Midtown N Sector
Details: Follow the last PMC to be walking with the
disguised resistance member
and he will enter an alley with this song inside
Song: The Essence of Vince
Location: Act 3 - Echo's Beacon
Details: Before the boss fight with Raging Raven
ends, find it on the top floor
in one of the corners
Song: Lunar Knights Main Theme
Location: Act 4 Mission Briefing, Nomad
Details: Go upstairs with the Mk. II. It's right next to Effect: Snake's accuracy is increased
where Sunny is
Song: Big Boss
Song: Warhead Storage Location: N/A
Location: Act 4 - Tank Hangar Details: Obtain the Big Boss Emblem
Details: At the end of the 2nd floor vents; take the Effect: Increases Snake's damage and accuracy
upstairs vents from the
Heliport and crawl all the way through Song: Snake Eater
Location: N/A
Song: Flowing Destiny Details: Collect all 40 Emblems
Location: Act 4 - Canyon Effect: Increases the rate of recovery by items and
Details: Near the exit, to the far left is a small other methods
crawlspace in the rocks. The
song is inside here MORE COMING SOON
Effect: Grabbing enemies with CQC causes them to
cry

Song: Metal Gear 20 Years History (Part 2)

______________________________________________________
Location: Act 4 - Warhead Storage BLDG B2
___________
Details: After getting off the elevator, turn right
/ \
immediately. Go through the
-]| Miscellaneous (mscl) |[-
office area to the far end. The song is tucked away in
the corner
\_____________________________________________________
Song: Opening - Old L.A. 2040 ____________/
Location: Act 4 - Warhead Storage BLDG B2
Details: When asked for the password in Otcaon's
office, input 78925 *===============================
Effect: Snake's accuracy is increased ================================
=========*
Song: POLICENAUTS End Title Frequently Asked Questions (afak)
Location: Act 4 - Warhead Storage BLDG B2 *===============================
Details: When asked for the password in Otacon's ================================
office, input 13462 =========*
Effect: Enemies held by Snake in CQC are
automatically put to sleep 1) How do I beat (insert boss)?
A) Refer to the appropriate boss strategy in each act
Song: The Best Is Yet To Come of the walkthrough. You
Location: Act 4 - Snowfield can also find strategies for stamina killing each boss
Details: After the Crying Wolf battle, in the small area (in which it applies)
that Otacon unlocks, in the second walkthrough.
the song is immediately to the right after entering.
It's the same area that 2) Do Gekkos, the FROGs, Raven's minions, and
the "Disc Change" Codec call occurs in Scarabs count as kills?
A) Of those four, FROGs are the ONLY human
Song: Beyond the Bounds combatants. Shooting them with
Location: Act 4 - Tank Hangar lethal weapons will result in a kill. Gekkos, Scarabs,
Details: After power is restored, return to this area and Raven's flying
and the bottom-right door minions are UNMANNED. Fire at will.
on the 2nd floor will be unlocked. It's in there
Effect: Increases the effectiveness of non-lethal 3) I've heard that even tranquilizing a FROG when it's
weapons on a high ledge will
result in a kill when it falls. Is this true?
Song: Yell (Dead Cell) A) The answer is no. No. No. Don't e-mail me about
Location: Act 4 = Casting Facility North this. You will be ignored
Details: because if you say the answer is yes, then you are
wrong.
Song: Metal Gear Solid Main Theme (The Document
Remix) 4) Do the alerts caused by Raven's minions count?
Location: Act 5 - Ship Bow A) No. An Alert is only an Alert if the Alert phase box
Details: Under a hatch right near Snake when you appears with the timer.
start this area. Get close to The Alert "!" sound effect means nothing if there's no
it and open it with Triangle. Slip into this area and Alert phase.
crawl through the duct to
find the song 5) I found a new weapon but it says "ID Locked?"
What gives?
Song: Subsistence A) Just keep playing, eventually you can pay to
Location: N/A remove the locks.
Details: Play at least one match of Metal Gear Online
6) Stun Grenades keep blinding me? What's the
point?
A) I concur that Stun Grenades can sometimes do
more harm than good, but it
really comes down to knowing how to use them
properly. The farther you are from
the impact, the less blinding you'll succumb to.
Obviously this makes them not
so good for certain situations.
7) Where are all the Chaff Grenades? Why are these
things like lost treasure?
A) Chaff Grenades seem to be rare since they can
make things very easy for you
in the latter parts of the game. The known locations
are:
-Act II: Confinement Facility, inside the actual facility,
the storage room
-Act II: Market, last stall on the left before passing the
final Gekko
-Act III: Midtown Central Sector, tucked in a corner,
near a big sewage canal
-Act IV: Heliport, the center of the helicopter landing
8) Do the Alerts in the "Dream Sequence" count
toward my total?
A) This is another question I hate seeing because it's
asked way too much. The
answer is an emphatic no.
9) How do I beat Screaming Mantis without killing
her? The Sorrow Doll isn't
working!!!
A) The Sorrow Doll will never ever work, it's made to
work on the dead, and
wouldn't that just defeat the purpose? As it turns out,
the Mantis doll counts
as a non-lethal kill, so it won't go against your kill
count.
10) I just started my second playthrough and I don't
have any of my weapons or
items from before! What gives?!
A) You won't receive any of your old stuff until you
meet the Mk. II in the
Red Zone area.
11) Well, I met up with the Mk. II and I STILL don't
have my things from
before. YOU LIAR!
A) *Sigh* That means you made the very silly
mistake of selecting NEW GAME
instead of LOADING your completed save file.
Selecting New Game starts
everything over from scratch so don't do it!
*===============================
================================
=========*
Regarding Submissions
*===============================
================================
=========*
This guide is now closed. Do not e-mail me tips ever.
I will not reply to
them. If you dare to incur my wrath, your tip had
better be the most amazing
thing ever in the galaxy. If not, you will be thoroughly
ignored. I repeat,
this guide is closed and I am no longer accepting
tips.
If you do somehow manage on that 1% chance to get
a tip approved by me at this
point, make sure you leave an alias, not your real
name or e-mail address. It
can be a random screen name or anything. Failure to
do this will result in you
being ignored. Even still, there's a slim to none
chance of anything new being
added.
*===============================
================================
=========*
Credits/Special Thanks
*===============================
================================
=========*
Well I guess first and foremost I would like to thank
Hideo Kojima. I got
hooked in the series by MGS2, and have since then
played every other game in
the Solid Snake story. Thanks for your hard work.
The gameFAQs community as usual for accepting this
guide, and also for the good
folks on the message board who are willing to help
out when needed.
Albedo Piazzola for being one of the first people to
find and outline a good
strategy for the Act 5 Scarab DP trick.
DexMorgan for reminding me I didn't really write
anything about Emotive Ammo.
bkatzfamily for info on Ghost #21
ChrisR for info on Ghost #20
crimsonriver for info about the install times for BBE
and how to beat them
rootsecure.net as always, for the ASCII art help.
*===============================
================================
=========*
Contact Info
*===============================
================================
=========*
E-mail is always the primary method of reaching me.
I just ask, and this is
more applicable to when this guide is "open" so to
speak, to note that I have
a somewhat flooded e-mail inbox from my other
guides and so it might take a
little while to get back to you. I don't expect it to take
longer than 2 days
to respond to an e-mail but sometimes it happens.
When things settle down, I
hope that my inbox will get some relief.
E-mail: veritas7ax@gmail.com

Well, I had my PSN listed previously. Now however, I

have more friends than I
could have ever wanted so I'm trying to cut down on
the number of requests I
get. If you really want to add me, please e-mail me.
That said, I have a few
games that I play (at least when I have the time)
online. I have Grand Theft
Auto IV, Call of Duty 4, MLB 08: The Show, Rock
Band, and of course MGS4. I
made a new account in COD4, and then I got bored
so I kinda don't play nearly
as much as I used to (and I played it quite a bit). I'm
definitely into playing
Metal Gear Online some more in the coming days,
so.....

*===============================
================================
=========*
Legal Gibberish
*===============================
================================
=========*
This guide is solely my creation and has been
copyrighted as such. Please do
not use this guide without asking to host it first. Not
all requests may be
approved. If you do host the guide, please leave all
the information intact,
and unchanged. Do not steal my work and attempt to
pass it off as your own
etc, etc, etc. As it stands now, the following sites
have permission to use my
guide:

www.gamefaqs.com
www.supercheats.com
www.cheatcc.com
www.cheatmasters.com
www.gamesradar.com
www.cheatplanet.com
www.almarsguides.com/free.cfm

You're always welcome to print the guide out

because lord knows I can't show up
at your house and say "No!" I wouldn't anyway, I
don't really care.

That's all. Good night folks! Schwing!